Motorola Mobility T56CA1 Portable Cellular/PCS Transceiver (AMPS/TDMA) User Manual CC EX08
Motorola Mobility LLC Portable Cellular/PCS Transceiver (AMPS/TDMA) CC EX08
Contents
- 1. Exhibit 8 Users Manual
- 2. Exhibit 08a Amendment Users Manual
Exhibit 8 Users Manual
![APPLICANT: MOTOROLA, INC. FCC ID: IHDT56CA1EXHIBIT 8INSTRUCTION MANUALA preliminary draft copy of the Users Manual follows:](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-1.png)
![1 PRELIMINARY Motorola V120t(Tarpon)TDMA R1.3Mobile Phone User’s Guide Technical Review DraftFebruary 8, 2002 Changes to TDMA R1.3 Files:• “Menu Map” chapter. Changed “Message” menu option order. • “Menu Map” chapter. Added “Ring Styles” to main menu, removed “Ring/Vibrate” from Settings menu. • “Menu Map” chapter. Added “Location” feature to the Settings menu for Tarpon V120x phones. • “Menu Map” chapter. Added “TTY Setup” to the Initial Setup menu. • “Getting Started”/“Charging the Battery” section. Rewrote first paragraph as required (new boilerplate text). • “About Your Phone” chapter. Changed ring or vibrate alert references to “ring styles.”](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-2.png)
![2 PRELIMINARY • “About Your Phone”/“Battery Use” section. Added new intro paragraph (new boilerplate text), and the “Extending Battery Life” section. • “Sending and Receiving Calls”/“Dialing With One-Touch Dial” section. Rewrote voicemail description. • “Entering Text”/“Tap Method”/“General Text Entry Rules” section. Rewrote text entry callouts (Phoenix and Tarpon phones) to document cursor left/right movement in numeric mode. • “Menu Feature Descriptions” chapter. Moved “Ring/Vibrate” up to a top-level menu feature, renamed it to “Ring Styles.” • “Menu Feature Descriptions”/“Settings Menu”/“Phone Status” section. Added “Active Line” feature description. • “Menu Feature Descriptions” chapter. Added “TTY Setup” feature description to the “Initial Setup” section. • “Phonebook”/“Storing a Phonebook Entry” section. Added procedural steps that describe how to turn on/off distinctive ringer ID tones (TDMA phones). • “Phonebook”/“Storing a Phonebook Entry” section. Added procedural steps that describe how to create multiple phonebook entries for a single name. • “Messages - Voicemail”/“Storing Your Voicemail Number” section and “Listening to a Voicemail Message” section. Rewrote text related to storing the voicemail number as phonebook entry number 1.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-3.png)
![3 PRELIMINARY • “Messages-Voicemail”/“Receiving a New Voicemail Message” section. Second paragraph, rewrote reminders interval description, eliminated reference to “every five minutes.” • “Messages - Text”/”Setting Up the Text Message Inbox” section. Added procedural steps that describe how to turn on/off SMS Alerts during a voice call (TDMA phones). • “Messages-Text”/“Receiving a Text Message” section. Second paragraph, changed reminders interval description, eliminated reference to “every five minutes.” • “Messages-Text”/“Reading, Locking, or Deleting a Text Message” section. Added new indicators to first procedure step. Moved the “Create Message” option to the top of the Text Msg Menu table. • “Messages - Text” chapter. Added new section “Storing Sounds From a Text Message” (TDMA phones). • Added new “Ring Styles” chapter. • “Ring Styles”/“Setting Reminders” section. Changed reminders interval description, eliminated reference to “every five minutes.” • “Ring Styles”/“Customizing a Ring Style”/“Activate and Deactivate Ringer IDs” section added (TDMA phones). • “Browser” chapter. Added new section “Downloading Sounds” (TDMA phones).](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-4.png)
![4 PRELIMINARY • “Games” chapter. Rewrote existing descriptions for “BlackJack,” “MindBlaster,” and “Paddleball.” Added new descriptions for “Falling Numbers,” “Reversal,” and “Video Poker.” (New descriptions added as appropriate for specific CDMA and TDMA phones.) • “Adjusting Your Settings” chapter. Removed “Ring/Vibrate” and “Reminders” sections, created new “Ring Styles” chapter for those topics. • “Adjusting Your Settings”/“Use the My Tones Feature” section. Added new “Downloading Tones” section (TDMA phones). • “Adjusting Your Settings” chapter. Added new “TTY Operation” section. • “Troubleshooting” chapter. Added new “TTY” note. • “Troubleshooting” chapter. Added new text about the backlight affecting battery life. • “Troubleshooting” chapter. Updated references to “Ring Styles” feature. • “Programming Instructions” chapter. Rewrote instructions to support dual NAM programming.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-5.png)
![1 PRELIMINARY Welcome Welcome to the world of Motorola digital wireless communications! We are pleased that you have chosen the Motorola V120t wireless phone.Antenna Display Headset JackInsert headset accessory.End KeyEnd phone calls,exit menu system.Left Soft KeyPerform functions identified by left display prompt.Earpiece Menu Key Voice KeyRecord voice notes,phonebook andshortcut names.Right Soft KeyPerform functionsidentified by rightdisplay prompt.Send KeySend and answercalls, view recentdialed calls list.AccessoryConnector PortInsert charger andphone accessories.Microphone Power Key Volume KeysAdjust earpieceand ringer volume.Scroll KeysMove throughmenus and lists.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-6.png)
![2 PRELIMINARY Personal Communications Sector600 North U.S. Highway 45Libertyville, Illinois 600481-800-331-6456 (United States)1-888-390-6456 (TTY/TDD United States)1-800-461-4575 (Canada) www.motorola.com (United States) www.motorola.ca (Canada)MOTOROLA, the Stylized M Logo and all other trademarks indicated as such herein are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. ® Reg. U.S. Pat. & Tm. Off. TrueSync, Sidekick, Starfish, and the Stylized Starfish Logo are registered trademarks of Starfish Software, Inc., a wholly owned independent subsidiary of Motorola, Inc. All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners.© 2002 Motorola, Inc. All rights reserved. Software Copyright Notice The Motorola products described in this manual may include copyrighted Motorola and third party software stored in semiconductor memories or other media. Laws in the United States and other countries preserve for Motorola and third party software providers certain exclusive rights for copyrighted software, such as the exclusive rights to distribute or reproduce the copyrighted software. Accordingly, any copyrighted software contained in the Motorola products may not be modified, reverse-engineered, distributed, or reproduced in any manner to the extent allowed by law. Furthermore, the purchase of the Motorola products shall not be deemed to grant either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license under the copyrights, patents, or patent applications of Motorola or any third party software provider, except for the normal, non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use that arises by operation of law in the sale of a product.Manual number: 6809438A79-O Cover number: 8988485L49-O](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-7.png)
![✂ 3 PRELIMINARY Menu Map Main Menu• Recent Calls•Received Calls•Dialed Calls•Notepad•Call Times• Phonebook• Datebook• Quick Dial• Radio• Messages•Text Msgs•Create Msg•Voicemail•Browser Alerts•Quick Notes•Outbox•Drafts• Ring Styles•Style•Style Detail•My Tones• Shortcuts• Voice Notes• Browser• Calculator• Games• Settings(see next page)ShortcutsChange display zoom:Press M, thenpress and hold MLock/unlock keypad:Press M *Display my phone number:Press M #Go to dialed calls list:Press NExit menu system:Press ONote: This is the standard phone menu layout. You or your service provider may have changed the menu layout or changed some feature names. Not all features may be available for all users.For example, the Radio feature on the main menu (left) is displayed only when the optional FM Stereo Radio Headset accessory is plugged into the accessory connector port on your phone (see phone illustration, page 1).](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-8.png)
![✂ 4 PRELIMINARY Settings Menu• Phone Status•My Tel. Number•Active Line•Battery Meter•Other Information• Connection•Incoming Call• In-Call Setup•In-Call Timer•Answer Options• Security•Phone Lock•Lock Keypad•Lock Application•Talk Secure•Restrict Calls•New Passwords• Other Settings•Personalize•Main Menu•Keys•Greeting•Quick Dial•Initial Setup•Time and Date•Auto PIN Dial•Auto Redial•Backlight•Zoom•TTY Setup•Scroll•Animation•Language•Battery Save•Contrast•DTMF•Master Reset•Master Clear•Network•Car Settings•Headset](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-9.png)
![5 PRELIMINARY Contents ContentsMenu Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3About This Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10Safety and General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18What’s in the Box? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18Installing the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18Charging the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Turning Your Phone On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Sending a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21Ending a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22Receiving a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22Displaying Your Phone Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22About Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Changing the Zoom Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Volume Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Battery Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26Sending and Receiving Calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Redialing a Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Using Automatic Redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29Talk Secure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Returning an Unanswered Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29Dialing an Emergency Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30Terminating an Incoming Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Dialing With Speed Dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Dialing With One-Touch Dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Dialing a Number In a Text Message . . . . . . . . . . . . .32](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-10.png)
![6PRELIMINARYContentsAdditional Dialing Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Using Features While On a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Using Call Waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Making a Three-Way Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Additional On-Call Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Using the Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Navigating to a Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Selecting a Feature Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Entering Feature Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Entering Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Choosing a Text Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Tap Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Symbol Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Predictive Text Entry with iTAP™ Software . . . . . . . . 46Menu Feature Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Recent Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Viewing the Received Calls or Dialed Calls List . . . . 63Using the Notepad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Viewing and Resetting Call Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Fields in a Phonebook Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Storing a Phonebook Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Recording a Voice Name For a Phonebook Entry . . . 70Dialing a Phonebook Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Editing a Phonebook Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Deleting a Phonebook Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Checking Phonebook Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Sorting the Phonebook List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Datebook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Week View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Day View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-11.png)
![7PRELIMINARYContentsEvent View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76Storing a Datebook Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Changing Event Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Copying an Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Deleting an Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80Turning the Radio On and Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Tuning a Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Storing a Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81Selecting a Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81Sending and Receiving Calls With the Radio On . . . . 81Messages—Voicemail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Storing Your Voicemail Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Receiving a Voicemail Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84Listening to a Voicemail Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Messages—Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Setting Up the Text Message Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Receiving a Text Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Reading, Locking, or Deleting a Text Message . . . . . 87Storing Sounds From a Text Message . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Sending a Text Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Sending a Quick Note Text Message . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Viewing the Status of Sent Text Messages . . . . . . . . .94Ring Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Selecting a Ring Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Customizing a Ring Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Using My Tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Setting Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Standard Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104Creating a Shortcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-12.png)
![8PRELIMINARYContentsUsing Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Voice Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Recording a Voice Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Viewing the Voice Notes List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Playing a Voice Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Locking and Unlocking a Voice Note . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Deleting a Voice Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Micro-Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Starting a Micro-Browser Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Interacting With Web Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Downloading a Sound File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Calculating Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Converting Currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Playing a Game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Game Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Blackjack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Falling Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Video Poker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Adjusting Your Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Reordering Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Customizing a Soft Key Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125TTY Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Hands-Free Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Data Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Connecting Your Phone to an External Device . . . . 131Sending a Data Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Receiving a Data Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Assigning a New Code or Password . . . . . . . . . . . . 137](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-13.png)
![9PRELIMINARYContentsIf You Forget a Code or Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Locking and Unlocking Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . .139Locking and Unlocking Your Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . .140Restricting Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140Activating Talk Secure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Programming Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152Specific Absorption Rate Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154Additional Health and Safety Information . . . . . . . .157Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167Product Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175Export Law Assurances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176Wireless Phone Safety Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-14.png)
![10PRELIMINARYAbout This GuideAbout This GuideThis user guide introduces you to the many features in your Motorola wireless phone.Navigating To a Menu FeatureYou can access many of your phone’s features through the menu system. This guide shows you how to navigate to a specific menu feature as follows:The > symbol means that you should scroll to and select the feature. This example shows that you must press M, scroll to and select Messages, then scroll to and select Text Msgs.Optional FeaturesFeatures marked with this label are optional network and/or subscription-dependent features. These features may not be offered by all service providers in all geographical areas. Contact your service provider for more information.Optional AccessoriesFeatures marked with this label require the use of an optional Motorola Original™ accessory.Find the FeatureM> Messages > Text Msgs](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-15.png)
![11PRELIMINARYSafety and General InformationSafety and General InformationIMPORTANT INFORMATION ON SAFE AND EFFICIENT OPERATION. READ THIS INFORMATION BEFORE USING YOUR PHONE.The information provided in this document supersedes the general safety information contained in user guides published prior to July 2000. For information regarding radio use in a hazardous atmosphere please refer to the Factory Mutual (FM) Approval Manual Supplement or Instruction Card, which is included with radio models that offer this capability.This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.RF Operational CharacteristicsYour phone contains a transmitter and a receiver. When it is ON, it receives and transmits radio frequency (RF) energy. The phone operates in the frequency range of 824 MHz to 849 MHz in analog and digital mode and 1850 MHz to 1910 MHz in digital mode.When you communicate with your phone, the system handling your call controls the power levels at which your phone transmits. The output power level typically may vary over a](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-16.png)
![12PRELIMINARYSafety and General Informationrange from ____ watts to ____ watts in analog mode and ____ watts to ____ watts in digital mode.Exposure To Radio Frequency EnergyYour Motorola phone is designed to comply with the following national and international standards and guidelines regarding exposure of human beings to radio frequency electromagnetic energy:•United States Federal Communications Commission, Code of Regulations; 47 CFR part 2 sub-part J•American National Standards Institute (ANSI) / Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) C95. 1-1992•Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) C95.1-1999 Edition•National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP) of the United States, Report 86, 1986•International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) 1998•Ministry of Health (Canada) Safety Code 6. Limits of Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields in the Frequency Range from 3 kHz to 300 GHz, 1999•Australian Communications Authority Radiocommunications (Electromagnetic Radiation-Human Exposure) Standard 1999To assure optimal phone performance and make sure human exposure to radio frequency electromagnetic energy is within](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-17.png)
![13PRELIMINARYSafety and General Informationthe guidelines set forth in the above standards, always adhere to the following procedures:Portable Phone Operation and EME ExposureAntenna CareUse only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attachments could damage the phone and may violate FCC regulations.Do NOT hold the antenna when the phone is in use. Holding the antenna affects call quality and may cause the phone to operate at a higher power level than needed.Phone OperationWhen placing or receiving a phone call, hold your phone as you would a wireline telephone. Speak directly into the microphone.Body-Worn OperationTo maintain compliance with FCC/Health Canada RF exposure guidelines, if you wear a phone on your body when transmitting, always place the phone in a Motorola-supplied or approved clip, holder, holster, case, or body harness for this product. Use of non-Motorola-approved accessories may exceed FCC/Health Canada RF exposure guidelines. If you do not use one of the Motorola-supplied or approved body-worn accessories, and are not using the phone held in the normal use position, ensure the phone and its antenna are at least one inch (2.5 centimeters) from your body when transmitting.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-18.png)
![14PRELIMINARYSafety and General InformationData OperationWhen using any data feature of the phone, with or without an accessory cable, position the phone and its antenna at least one inch (2.5 centimeters) from your body.Approved AccessoriesFor a list of approved Motorola accessories, visit our website at www.mot.com.Electromagnetic Interference/CompatibilityNote: Nearly every electronic device is susceptible to electromagnetic interference (EMI) if inadequately shielded, designed, or otherwise configured for electromagnetic compatibility.FacilitiesTo avoid electromagnetic interference and/or compatibility conflicts, turn off your phone in any facility where posted notices instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that is sensitive to external RF energy.AircraftWhen instructed to do so, turn off your phone when on board an aircraft. Any use of a phone must be in accordance with applicable regulations per airline crew instructions.Medical DevicesPacemakersThe Advanced Medical Technology Association recommends that a minimum separation of 6 inches (15 centimeters) be](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-19.png)
![15PRELIMINARYSafety and General Informationmaintained between a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker. These recommendations are consistent with the independent research by, and recommendations of, the United States Food and Drug Administration.Persons with pacemakers should:•ALWAYS keep the phone more than six inches (15 centimeters) from your pacemaker when the phone is turned ON.•NOT carry the phone in the breast pocket.•use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the potential for interference.•turn OFF the phone immediately if you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place.Hearing AidsSome digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interference, you may want to consult your hearing aid manufacturer to discuss alternatives.Other Medical DevicesIf you use any other personal medical device, consult the manufacturer of your device to determine if it is adequately shielded from RF energy. Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining this information.Safety and General Use While DrivingCheck the laws and regulations on the use of phones in the area where you drive. Always obey them.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-20.png)
![16PRELIMINARYSafety and General InformationWhen using your phone while driving, please:•give full attention to driving and to the road.•use hands-free operation, if available.•pull off the road and park before making or answering a call if driving conditions so require.Operational WarningsFor Vehicles With an Air BagDo not place a portable phone in the area over an air bag or in the air bag deployment area. Air bags inflate with great force. If a portable phone is placed in the air bag deployment area and the air bag inflates, the phone may be propelled with great force and cause serious injury to occupants of the vehicle.Potentially Explosive AtmospheresTurn off your phone prior to entering any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere, unless the phone is a model specifically identified as being “Intrinsically Safe.” Do not remove, install, or charge batteries in such areas. Sparks in a potentially explosive atmosphere can cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death.Note: The areas with potentially explosive atmospheres referred to above include fueling areas such as below decks on boats, fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities, areas where the air contains chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or metal powders, and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Areas with potentially explosive atmospheres are often but not always posted.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-21.png)
![17PRELIMINARYSafety and General InformationBlasting Caps and AreasTo avoid possible interference with blasting operations, turn OFF your phone when you are near electrical blasting caps, in a blasting area, or in areas posted: “Turn off two-way radio.” Obey all signs and instructions.Operational CautionsAntennasDo not use any portable phone that has a damaged antenna. If a damaged antenna comes into contact with your skin, a minor burn can result.BatteriesAll batteries can cause property damage and/or bodily injury such as burns if a conductive material such as jewelry, keys, or beaded chains touches exposed terminals. The conductive material may complete an electrical circuit (short circuit) and become quite hot. Exercise care in handling any charged battery, particularly when placing it inside a pocket, purse, or other container with metal objects.ITC01-101](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-22.png)
![18PRELIMINARYGetting StartedGetting StartedWhat’s in the Box?Your wireless phone typically comes equipped with a battery and a charger. Other accessory options can customize your phone for maximum performance and portability.To purchase Motorola Original™ accessories, contact the Motorola Customer Call Center at 1-800-331-6456 in the United States or 1-800-461-4575 in Canada.Installing the BatteryYou must install and charge the battery to use your phone.Your phone is designed to be used only with Motorola Original batteries and accessories. We recommend that you store batteries in their protective cases when not in use.Do This1Remove the battery from its protective clear plastic case.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-23.png)
![19PRELIMINARYGetting StartedCharging the BatteryNew batteries are shipped partially charged. Before you can use your phone, you need to install and charge the battery, as indicated by the following instructions. 2If the phone’s battery door is in place, slide down the release latch and lift the door off of the phone. 3Insert the battery, printed arrows first, into the battery compartment and push down. 4Replace the battery door.Do ThisRelease latch](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-24.png)
![20PRELIMINARYGetting StartedSome batteries perform best after several full charge/discharge cycles. Note: When you charge the battery, the battery level indicator in the upper right corner of the display shows how much of the charging process is complete.Turning Your Phone OnDo This1Plug the travel charger into your phone with the release tab facing up. 2Plug the other end of the travel charger into the appropriate electrical outlet.3When your phone indicates that the battery is fully charged (Charge Complete), press the release tab and remove the travel charger.Do This To1Press and hold Pturn on your phoneRelease tabPowerkey](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-25.png)
![21PRELIMINARYGetting StartedSending a CallTo call a number, your phone must be unlocked and have a network connection with adequate signal strength.Note: You can make an emergency call even when the phone is locked. See “Dialing an Emergency Number” on page 30.2If necessary, enter your four-digit unlock code and press OK (+)unlock your phoneThe unlock code is originally set to 1234. Your service provider may change this number before you receive your phone.Press To1keypad keys dial the phone numberTip: If you make a mistake, press DELETE (-) to delete the last digit, or press and hold DELETE (-) to clear all digits.2N send the callDo This To](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-26.png)
![22PRELIMINARYGetting StartedEnding a CallReceiving a CallTo receive a call, your phone must have a network connection with adequate signal strength. If your phone is locked, you must unlock it to answer the call.When you receive a call, your phone rings and/or vibrates and displays an incoming call message.Displaying Your Phone NumberFrom the idle display:Press ToO end the callPress ToN or ANSWER (+)answer the callPress ToM #see your phone number](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-27.png)
![23PRELIMINARYAbout Your PhoneAbout Your PhoneSee page 1 for a basic phone diagram.DisplayPhone status indicators appear at the top of the display. Messages, phone numbers, and menu options appear below the status indicators.Labels at the bottom corners of the display show the current soft key functions. When you see the M (menu) indicator at the bottom center of the display, you can press M to open the main menu or a feature sub-menu.Some phone functions must be performed from the idle display, the standard display that you see when you are not on a call or using the menu.12:00am➒Clock➐BatteryLevelIndicator➌In UseIndicator➍RoamIndicator➎Message Waiting Indicator➏Voice MessageWaiting Indicator➑Menu Indicator➓Ring StyleIndicator➊SignalStrengthIndicator➋Digital/AnalogSignalIndicator➋Digital/AnalogSignalIndicator](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-28.png)
![24PRELIMINARYAbout Your Phone➊ Signal Strength Indicator Vertical bars show the strength of the network connection. You cannot send or receive calls when the j (no signal) indicator is displayed.➋ Digital (F) or Analog (I) Signal Indicators Your service provider may use one or both indicators to show whether you are receiving a digital or analog signal.➌ In Use Indicator Shows that a call is in progress.➍ Roam Indicator Shows that your phone is seeking or using another network system outside your home network.➎ Message Waiting Indicator Appears when you receive a text message.➏ Voice Message Waiting Indicator Appears when you receive a voicemail message.➐ Battery Level Indicator Vertical bars show the amount of charge left in your battery. Recharge the battery as soon as possible when your phone displays Low Battery and you hear the low battery alert.➑ Menu Indicator Shows that you can press M to open a menu.➒ Clock Shows the current time.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-29.png)
![25PRELIMINARYAbout Your Phone➓ Ring Style Indicator Shows the current selected ring style. The default setting is a ringer.Changing the Zoom SettingYou can set your phone’s display to show three lines or two lines of text plus soft key labels. Three lines of text display more information, while two lines increase text size.To change the display view, press M once, then press and hold M again within two seconds of the first press.You can also adjust the zoom setting from the menu. See the “Zoom” option on page 59.Volume KeysUse the upper and lower volume keys to adjust your phone’s earpiece and ringer volume.w= loud ringx= soft ringy= vibrateu= ring and vibratet= silentWhen Press Toyou are in a call volume keysincrease or decrease earpiece volumethe idle display is showingvolume keysincrease or decrease ringer volumeVolumekeys](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-30.png)
![26PRELIMINARYAbout Your PhoneBattery UseBattery performance depends on many factors, including your wireless carrier’s network configuration; signal strength; the temperature at which you operate your phone; the features and/or settings you select and use; and your voice, data, and other application usage patterns.Battery CareCaution: To prevent injuries or burns, do not allow metal objects to contact or short-circuit the battery terminals.To maximize your battery’s performance:•Always use Motorola Original™ batteries and battery chargers. The phone warranty does not cover damage caused from using non-Motorola batteries and/or battery chargers.•New batteries or batteries that have been stored for long periods of time may require a longer charge time.•Maintain the battery at or near room temperature when charging.•Do not expose batteries to temperatures below -10°C (14°F) or above 45°C (113°F). Always take your phone with you when you leave your vehicle.•When you do not intend to use a battery for a while, store it uncharged in a cool, dark, dry place, such as a refrigerator.•Over extended periods of time, batteries gradually wear down and require longer charging times. This is](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-31.png)
![27PRELIMINARYAbout Your Phonenormal. If you charge your battery regularly and notice a decrease in talk time or an increase in charging time, then it is probably time to purchase a new battery.The rechargeable batteries that power this product must be disposed of properly and may need to be recycled. Refer to your battery’s label for battery type. Contact your local recycling center for proper disposal methods. Never dispose of batteries in a fire because they may explode.Extending Battery Life• Talk less or send fewer messagesIt’s simple, but the more you talk or send text or chat messages, the more battery power you use.• Turn off your display backlightThe backlight uses power, too. To turn it off, see the Backlight option on page 59.• Avoid keypad-intense functionsActivities that require intensive keystroke use (such as playing a game or using messaging) reduce your phone’s talk and standby time. Lock the keypad (see page 140) when storing the phone in your purse or pocket to avoid unnecessary keypad and backlight activations.• Spend less time on the InternetUsing your phone’s Internet micro-browser reduces the phone’s talk and standby time.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-32.png)
![28PRELIMINARYSending and Receiving CallsSending and Receiving CallsFor basic instructions on how to send a call, end a call, and receive a call, see pages 21–22.Redialing a NumberIf you hear an ordinary busy signal:Using Automatic RedialIf the network is busy, you hear a fast busy signal, and your phone displays Call Failed.With automatic redial, your phone automatically repeats the call attempt for four minutes. When the call goes through, your phone rings or vibrates one time, displays Redial Successful, and then connects the call.You must turn on automatic redial to use the feature. See the “Auto Redial” option on page 58.Press To1O hang up2N redial the busy number](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-33.png)
![29PRELIMINARYSending and Receiving CallsWhen automatic redial is turned off, you can manually activate the feature to redial a phone number. When you hear a fast busy signal and see Call Failed:Caller IDThe calling line identification (caller ID) feature displays the caller’s phone number for incoming calls.If the caller’s name is stored in your phonebook, the phone displays the name. If caller ID information is not available, the phone displays Incoming Call.Talk SecureWhen talk secure is activated, your phone always tries to use a high-security connection to prevent others from intercepting your calls. To activate the secure connection feature, see “Activating Talk Secure” on page 141.Note: If a high-security connection is not available, your phone uses a standard connection. Your phone displays the message Line Not Secure when using a standard connection, unless caller ID or other information already fills the display.Returning an Unanswered CallYour phone keeps a record of your unanswered calls, and displays:Press ToN or RETRY (+)activate automatic redial](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-34.png)
![30PRELIMINARYSending and Receiving Calls•the T (missed call) indicator•X Missed Calls Y Unknown, where X is the total number of missed calls and Y is the number of missed calls with no caller ID informationDialing an Emergency NumberYour service provider programs one or more emergency phone numbers, such as 911, that you can call under any circumstances, even when your phone is locked.Note: Emergency numbers vary by country. Your phone’s emergency number(s) may not work in all locations.Terminating an Incoming CallWhile the phone is ringing or vibrating:Press To1VIEW (+)see the received calls list2S select a call to return3N send the callPress To1keypad keys dial the emergency number2N call the emergency numberPress ToO or IGNORE (-)cancel the incoming call](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-35.png)
![31PRELIMINARYSending and Receiving CallsDepending on your phone settings and the type of subscription you have with your service provider, the call may be forwarded to another number, or the caller may hear a busy signal.Dialing With Speed DialEach entry you store in your phonebook is assigned a unique speed dial number. To speed dial a phonebook entry:Dialing With One-Touch DialTo call phonebook entries 1 through 9, just press and hold the one-digit speed dial number for one second.It is recommended that you reserve phonebook entry 1 (speed dial number 1) for storing and dialing your voicemail number. In many cases, your service provider has already done this for you. For more information, see page 83.Press To1keypad keys enter the speed dial number for the entry you want to call2# submit the number3N call the entry](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-36.png)
![32PRELIMINARYSending and Receiving CallsDialing a Number In a Text MessageTo dial a phone number embedded in a text message that you receive:Additional Dialing FeaturesWhile dialing (with digits visible in the display), you can open the Dialing Menu to perform the following tasks:Press To1M open the Text Msg Menu2S scroll to Call Back3SELECT (+)dial the numberPress ToM > Attach Numberattach a number from the phonebook or recent call listsM > Send Messageopen a new text message with the number in the To field](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-37.png)
![33PRELIMINARYSending and Receiving CallsTo insert a special character for calls that require additional digits (for example, to make a calling card call, or to retrieve messages from an answering machine):Press ToM > Insert Pauseinsert a p (pause) characterYour phone dials the preceding digits, waits for the call to connect, then sends the remaining digit(s).M > Insert Waitinsert a w (wait) characterYour phone dials the preceding digits, waits for the call to connect, then prompts you for confirmation before it sends the remaining digit(s).M > Insert 'n'insert an n (number) characterYour phone prompts you for a number before dialing the call. The number you enter is inserted into the dialing sequence in place of the n character](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-38.png)
![34PRELIMINARYSending and Receiving CallsYou can also call a number using these features:Do This To CallPress and release the voice key, then speak a voice name (in two seconds).a phonebook entry using voice dialSee “Recording a Voice Name For a Phonebook Entry” on page 70.Press M > Recent Calls > Received Calls or Dialed Calls > entry to calla missed call, or a recent received or dialed callVoice key](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-39.png)
![35PRELIMINARYUsing Features While On a CallUsing Features While On a CallUsing Call WaitingWhen you are on a call, an alert tone sounds to indicate that you have received a second call. To answer the second call:Making a Three-Way CallDuring a call, you can call and connect a third party for a three-way call. You cannot do this if you already have a call on hold.Press To1N answer the new call2N switch back to the first callPress To1keypad keys enter the third party’s number2N call the new person3N connect the two calls4O end the entire call](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-40.png)
![36PRELIMINARYUsing Features While On a CallAdditional On-Call FeaturesPress ToMUTE (+) (if available) or M > Mutemute the callSPEAKER (+) (if available) or M > Spkrphone Onactivate an attached speakerphone (hands-free mode)M > My Tel. Numberview your phone numberM > Send Tonessend a number to the network as DTMF tones (for credit card or password calls)To activate DTMF tones, see the “DTMF” option on page 60.M > Received Calls or Dialed Callsview recent received or dialed call numbersM > Messagesview or send messagesM > Datebookview datebook entriesM > Other Informationview phone specifications](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-41.png)
![37PRELIMINARYUsing the MenuUsing the MenuNavigating to a FeatureUse these keys to move through the menu system:Main Menu Recent Calls Phonebook EXIT SELECTMenu KeyEnter the menu system, or opena sub-menu,when Mappears in thebottom centerof the display.Right Soft KeyPerform thefunction shownin the lowerright corner ofthe display(usually SELECTthe highlightedmenu item).Left Soft KeyPerform thefunction shownin the lower left corner of thedisplay (usuallyEXIT or BACK).Scroll KeysMove up ordown throughmenus and lists.* and #Cycle throughand set thevalue of thehighlightedmenu item.End KeyExit the menusystem withoutmaking changes,return to theidle display.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-42.png)
![38PRELIMINARYUsing the MenuSelecting a Feature OptionSome features require you to select an item from a list:•Press S to scroll up or down to highlight the item you want.•In a numbered list, press a number key to highlight the item.•In an alphabetized list, press a key multiple times to cycle through the letters on the key and highlight the closest matching list item.Dialed Calls10) John Smith9) Mary SmithBACK VIEWPressBACK (-)to go back tothe previousscreen.HighlighteditemM Press M toopen the sub-menu. Press VIEW (+) to viewdetails of the highlighted item.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-43.png)
![39PRELIMINARYUsing the MenuEntering Feature InformationSome features require you to enter information :•Enter numbers or text with the keypad.•When an item has a list of possible values, press * or # to scroll through and select a value.•When an item has a list of possible numeric values, press a number key to set the value.•If you enter or edit information and do not want to save your changes, press O to exit without saving.Entry DetailsName:John Smith No.:2125551212CANCEL CHANGEPress S toscroll downto additionalitems.HighlighteditemPress CANCEL (-) to exitwithout making changes.DONE (-) appears whenyou enter or edit information. PressCHANGE (+)to edit theinformation.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-44.png)
![40PRELIMINARYUsing the MenuThe message center lets you compose and send text messages. A flashing cursor shows where text will appear:When you enter text, the flashing cursor changes to a block cursor, and the soft key functions change:Msg:CANCEL BROWSEPressBROWSE (+)to view andinsert a name,number, ormessage frompreviouslystoredinformation.Press CANCEL (-)to exit withoutmaking changes.Flashingcursorindicatesinsertionpoint.Press Mto open thesub-menu.M Msg:T DELETE OKPressOK (+)to acceptand storethe text.Press DELETE (-)to delete the characterto the left of the insertionpoint.Blockcursorindicatescurrenthighlightedcharacter.After two seconds, theblock cursor reverts to aflashing cursor and movesto the next position.M](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-45.png)
![41PRELIMINARYEntering TextEntering TextMultiple text entry methods make it easy for you to enter names, numbers, email addresses, and text messages on your phone.Choosing a Text ModePress M from any text entry screen to select the text mode from the Entry Method menu:Note: The text mode you select remains active until you change it by selecting another mode.iTAP Let the phone predict each word as you enter it (see page 46).Tap Method Enter letters, numbers, and symbols by pressing a key one or more times (see page 42).Numeric Enter numbers only.Symbol Enter symbols only (see page 45).Browse Browse your phonebook or recent call lists to select a name or number.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-46.png)
![42PRELIMINARYEntering TextTap MethodThis is the standard mode for entering text on your phone.Press M from any text entry screen and select the Tap Method menu option.Do This To1Press a number key one or more timesselect a letter, number, or symbol shown in the “Character Chart” on page 442Continue pressing number keysenter the remaining characters3Press OK (+)store the text when you are finished](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-47.png)
![43PRELIMINARYEntering TextGeneral Text Entry RulesPress a number key repeatedly to cycle through its characters (see “Character Chart” on page 44):•If you do not press a key for two seconds, the character in the block cursor is accepted, and the cursor moves to the next position. Msg CANCEL BROWSETo move theflashing cursorleft or rightwhen usingtap method:Press thesekeys.To change aletter in ablock cursorto uppercaseor lowercasewhen usingtap method:Press thesekeys.To enter text atflashing cursorlocation:Press a numberkey (as manytimes asnecessaryto enter thedesiredcharacter).To cyclebetween tapmethod andnumeric mode:Press and holda number key.To move theflashing cursorleft or right innumeric mode:Press thesekeys.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-48.png)
![44PRELIMINARYEntering Text•The first character of every sentence is capitalized. (Press S down to force the character to lowercase while it is highlighted by the block cursor).•Your phone may support multiple languages. The current language setting determines whether a new message begins on the left or right side of the display.You can switch languages within a message. Press M to select the text mode and language you want to use.Character ChartUse this chart as a guide for entering spaces, letters, numbers, and symbols with the tap method.Note: This chart may not reflect the exact character set available on your phone.1 space . 1 ? ! , @ _ & ~ : ; "- ( ) ' ¿ ¡ % £ $ ¥ 2 a b c 2 ä å á à ã α β ç3 d e f 3 δ é è ê φ4 g h i 4 í γ5 j k l 5 λ6 m n o 6 ñ ö ø ó ò ô õ ω7 p q r s 7 π ß σ8 t u v 8 θ ü ú ù9 w x y z 9 ξ ψ0 + - 0 x * / \ [ ] = > < # §](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-49.png)
![45PRELIMINARYEntering TextSymbol ModePress M from any text entry screen and select the Symbol menu option.Symbol ChartUse this chart as a guide for entering symbols in symbol mode.Do This To1Press a number key one timedisplay its symbol options at the bottom of the display (see “Symbol Chart” on page 45)2Press * or #orPress the number key multiple timeshighlight the symbol you want3Press SELECT (+)enter the symbol at the flashing cursor location1 space . ? ! , @ _& ~ : ; " - ( ) ' ¿¡ % £ $ ¥ 2 @ _ \3 / : ;4 " & '5 ( ) [ ] { }6 ¿ ¡ ~](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-50.png)
![46PRELIMINARYEntering TextPredictive Text Entry with iTAP™ SoftwareiTAP™ software provides a predictive text entry method that lets you enter the letters of a word using only one keypress per letter.Press M from any text entry screen and select the iTAP menu option.Enter Words7 < > =8 $ £ ¥ 9 # % *0 + - x * / = > <# §Do This To1Press a number key one timeenter the first letter of the wordThe letters associated with the key are shown at the bottom of the display.2Press number keys (one per letter)enter the rest of the wordAlternative words and letter combinations are shown at the bottom of the display. The word choices are updated with each keypress.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-51.png)
![47PRELIMINARYEntering TextFor example, to spell the word “act,” press 2 2 8. The display shows:Enter Novel WordsYou may enter a word that is not in the iTAP software dictionary. If the word you want is not displayed:3Press * or #lhighlight the word you want4Press SELECT (+)enter the word at the flashing cursor locationA space is automatically inserted after the word.Do This To1Press DELETE (-) one or more timesdelete letters until you see a letter combination that matches the start of the wordDo This ToAct Cat Bat Abu }DELETE SELECTPress SELECT (+) toinsert the highlighted wordat the insertion point.Press DELETE (-)to clear the last letterentered.Flashing cursorindicatesinsertionpoint.Press S toscroll and seeadditional wordchoices.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-52.png)
![48PRELIMINARYEntering TextPunctuationCapitalizationThe first word of a sentence is automatically capitalized, with following words in lowercase.2Press * or #highlight the letter or letter combination3Press SELECT (+), then press *shift the text entry cursor to the left and “lock” the selected word portion4Continue to enter letters and highlight letter combinationsspell the wordPress To0 or 1enter punctuation or other characters as shown in the “Character Chart” on page 44Press ToS change the words to initial character capitalized, all uppercase characters, or all lowercase charactersDo This To](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-53.png)
![49PRELIMINARYEntering TextEnter NumbersDelete Letters and WordsPlace the cursor to the right of the text you want to delete, and then do the following:Do This To1Enter the first digit and then highlight itput the iTAP software in number entry mode2Press number keysadd digits to the number3Press SELECT (+)enter the number at the flashing cursor locationDo This ToPress DELETE (-)delete one letter at a timeHold DELETE (-)delete the entire message](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-54.png)
![50PRELIMINARYMenu Feature DescriptionsMenu Feature DescriptionsThis chapter describes all of your phone’s features in order of the menu map shown on pages 3–4.Main MenuRECENT CALLS Received Calls M> Recent Calls> Received CallsView a list of recently received calls. See “Viewing the Received Calls or Dialed Calls List” on page 63.Dialed Calls M> Recent Calls> Dialed CallsView a list of recently dialed calls. See “Viewing the Received Calls or Dialed Calls List” on page 63.Notepad M> Recent Calls> NotepadCall or store the last number entered on the keypad. See “Terminating an Incoming Call” on page 30 and “Using the Notepad” on page 64.Call Times M> Recent Calls> Call TimesView call timers that track time spent on your last call, dialed calls, received calls, all calls since reset, and all calls total. See “Viewing and Resetting Call Timers” on page 65.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-55.png)
![51PRELIMINARYMenu Feature DescriptionsPHONEBOOK M> PhonebookStore names and numbers as entries in your phonebook, then call numbers by selecting them from the phonebook list. See “Phonebook” on page 67.DATEBOOK M> DatebookUse the datebook calendar to schedule and review your appointments. See “Datebook” on page 75.QUICK DIAL M> Quick DialDial pre-programmed numbers. Your service provider may program your phone with one or more quick dial numbers, such as the customer service number. You can call them by selecting them from the quick dial list.Note: Your service provider may use a different name for this feature.RADIO M> RadioListen to FM radio stations with the optional Motorola Original™ FM Stereo Radio Headset accessory. This menu feature is displayed only when the FM Stereo Radio Headset is plugged into the accessory connector port on your phone. See “Radio” on page 80.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-56.png)
![52PRELIMINARYMenu Feature DescriptionsMESSAGES M> MessagesAdjust message settings, view and manage the various types of messages your phone can receive and/or send:Text Msgs Send and manage text messages. See “Messages—Tex t ” on page 85.Create Msg Create new text messages. See “Sending a Text Message” on page 91.Voicemail Listen to your recorded voice messages. See “Messages—Voicemail” on page 83.Browser Alerts Read alert messages received by your micro-browser.Quick Notes Select and send pre-written messages from the quick notes list. See “Sending a Quick Note Text Message” on page 93.Outbox View all outgoing text messages, delivered and undelivered.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-57.png)
![53PRELIMINARYMenu Feature DescriptionsRING STYLES Style M> Ring Styles> StyleSelect the ring style your phone uses to notify you of incoming calls, messages, or other events. See “Ring Styles” on page 95.Style Detail M> Ring Styles> Style DetailChange details about the current ring style. Style represents the name of the ring style. See “Ring Styles” on page 95.My Tones M> Ring Styles> My TonesCreate custom alert tones for your phone. See “Using My Tones” on page 97.SHORTCUTS M> ShortcutsCreate keypad or voice shortcuts to menu features. See “Shortcuts” on page 104.VOICE NOTES M> Voice NotesUse the voice key to record messages and phone calls. See “Voice Notes” on page 107.Note: Recording phone calls is subject to varying state and federal laws regarding privacy and recording of conversations.Drafts Store and edit text messages that you have written but not sent.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-58.png)
![54PRELIMINARYMenu Feature DescriptionsBROWSER M> BrowserAccess Web pages and run Web-based applications. The micro-browser delivers WAP (Wireless Application Protocol) pages from your service provider directly to your phone. See “Micro-Browser” on page 113.CALCULATOR M> CalculatorUse your phone as a calculator or currency converter. See “Calculator” on page 116.GAMES M> GamesPlay games on your phone. See “Games” on page 119.Settings MenuPHONE STATUS My Tel. Number M> Settings> Phone Status> My Tel. NumberView, enter, and edit information about your name and phone number.Active Line M> Settings> Phone Status> Active LineChange the active phone line to send and receive calls from either of the available numbers.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-59.png)
![55PRELIMINARYMenu Feature DescriptionsBattery Meter M> Settings> Phone Status> Battery MeterView a detailed battery charge meter.Other Information M> Settings> Phone Status> Other InformationView your phone’s feature specifications(if available from the service provider).CONNECTION Connect your phone to a computer or hand-held device to send and receive data calls on the connected device. See “Data Calls” on page 131.Incoming Call M> Settings> Connection> Incoming CallSpecify the format for the next incoming call. You can select Data In Only or Normal. See “Receiving a Data Call” on page 134.IN-CALL SETUP Set the features that are active during a call, such as the in-call timer and call answering options.In-Call Timer M> Settings> In-Call Setup> In-Call TimerAdjust call timer Display and Beep settings. You can set your timer to beep at a selected interval during](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-60.png)
![56PRELIMINARYMenu Feature Descriptionsyour calls. (60 seconds is the default.) You can also turn on or off a display timer during calls as follows:Answer Options M> Settings> In-Call Setup> Answer OptionsTurn call answering options on or off:SECURITY Phone Lock M> Settings > Security> Phone LockLock and unlock your phone. See “Locking and Unlocking Your Phone” on page 139.Lock Keypad M> Settings > Security> Lock KeypadView instructions on how to lock and unlock your keypad. See “Locking and Unlocking Your Keypad” on page 140.Lock Application M> Settings > Security> Lock ApplicationLock and unlock specific phone applications (such as phonebook or datebook). When an application is locked, users must enter the unlock code to use the application.Time Display the elapsed time for the current call.Off No in-call timer display.Multi-Key Answer by pressing any key.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-61.png)
![57PRELIMINARYMenu Feature DescriptionsTalk Secure M> Settings > Security> Talk SecureActivate a secure connection to prevent others from intercepting your calls. See “Talk Secure” on page 29 and “Activating Talk Secure” on page 141.Restrict Calls M> Settings > Security> Restrict CallsRestrict incoming and outgoing calls. See “Restricting Calls” on page 140.New Passwords M> Settings > Security> New PasswordsChange your unlock code (originally set to 1234) or your security code (originally set to 000000). See “Assigning a New Code or Password” on page 137.OTHER SETTINGS Personalize M> Settings> Other Settings> PersonalizeSet several personal phone options:Main MenuChange the order of the main menu. See “Reordering Menu Items” on page 125.KeysChange the functions of the soft keys in the idle display. See “Customizing a Soft Key Function” on page 125.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-62.png)
![58PRELIMINARYMenu Feature DescriptionsInitial Setup M> Settings> Other Settings> Initial SetupSet many basic phone options:GreetingChange the text displayed when you turn on your phone.Quick DialChange quick dial number(s).Time and Date Set the phone’s time and date.Auto PIN Dial Some networks require an authenticating PIN to allow outgoing calls. Use this feature to automatically dial your PIN.Auto Redial Use this option to turn on or turn off the automatic redial feature. When you turn on automatic redial, your phone automatically redials calls that fail due to busy network conditions. See “Using Automatic Redial” on page 28.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-63.png)
![59PRELIMINARYMenu Feature DescriptionsBacklight Set the amount of time that the display backlight remains on, or turn off the backlight to conserve battery power.Zoom Switch between three lines (Zoom Out) and two lines (Zoom In) of display text.TTY Setup Set your phone to operate in one of three TTY modes or return to normal Voice mode. See “TTY Operation” on page 126.Scroll Force the cursor to stop or wrap around when it reaches the top or bottom of a list in the display.Animation Turn animation off (to conserve battery power) or on. Animation makes your phone’s menus move smoothly as you scroll up and down.Language Set the language for phone menus.Battery Save Adjust the phone’s power usage characteristics to conserve power.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-64.png)
![60PRELIMINARYMenu Feature DescriptionsContrast Adjust the contrast setting for your display.DTMF Your phone can send a number to the network as dual tone multi-frequency (DTMF) tones. DTMF tones are used to communicate with automated systems that require you to enter a number such as a code, password, or credit card number. Use this option to set DTMF tones on or off.Master Reset Reset all options back to their original factory settings except for the unlock code, security code, and lifetime timer.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-65.png)
![61PRELIMINARYMenu Feature DescriptionsNetwork M> Settings> Other Settings> NetworkView and adjust your phone’s network settings.Your service provider registers your phone to a network. You can view information about the current network, change how your phone searches for a network, and activate alerts that indicate when a call is dropped or network registration changes.Car Settings M> Settings> Other Settings> Car SettingsAdjust hands-free car kit settings.You can set your phone to route calls directly to the car kit when it detects a connection, and Master Clear Reset all options back to their original factory settings except for the unlock code, security code, and lifetime timer, and clear all user settings and entries.Note: This option erases all user-entered information stored in your phone’s memory, including phonebook and datebook entries. Once you erase the information, it cannot be recovered.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-66.png)
![62PRELIMINARYMenu Feature Descriptionsautomatically answer calls after two rings. See “Hands-Free Use” on page 128.Note: The use of wireless devices and their accessories may be prohibited or restricted in certain areas. Always obey the laws and regulations on the use of these products.Headset M> Settings> Other Settings> HeadsetSet your phone to automatically answer calls after two rings when connected to a headset. See “Hands-Free Use” on page 128.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-67.png)
![63PRELIMINARYRecent CallsRecent CallsViewing the Received Calls or Dialed Calls ListYour phone keeps a list of the calls you recently received and dialed, even if the calls did not connect.Find the FeatureM> Recent CallsPress To1S scroll to Received Calls or Dialed Calls2SELECT (+)select the list3S scroll to an entryNote: < means the call connected.4N call the entry’s numberorVIEW (+) view entry detailsorM open the Last Calls Menu to perform other procedures as described in the following list](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-68.png)
![64PRELIMINARYRecent CallsThe Last Calls Menu includes the following options:Using the NotepadYour phone stores the most recent string of digits entered on the keypad in a temporary memory location called the notepad. This can be a phone number that you called, or a number that you entered but did not call. To retrieve the number stored in the notepad:Option DescriptionStore Create a phonebook entry with the number in the No. field.DeleteDelete the entry.Delete AllDelete all entries in the list.Send Message Open a new text message with the number in the To field.Add Digits Add digits after the number.Attach Number Attach a number from the phonebook or recent call lists, after the highlighted number.Send Tones Send the number to the network as DTMF tones (for credit card or password calls).Find the FeatureM> Recent Calls > Notepad](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-69.png)
![65PRELIMINARYRecent CallsViewing and Resetting Call TimersNetwork connection time is the elapsed time from the moment you connect to your service provider's network to the moment you end the call by pressing O. This time includes busy signals and ringing.The amount of network connection time you track on your resettable timer may not equal the amount of time for which you are billed by your service provider. For billing information, please contact your service provider directly. You can view the following network connection times:Press ToN orM orSTORE (+)call the numberopen the Dialing Menu to attach a number or insert a special charactercreate a phonebook entry with the number in the No. fieldTimer DescriptionLast Call Time spent on the last call dialed or received. You cannot reset this timer.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-70.png)
![66PRELIMINARYRecent CallsTo view a call timer:To reset the call timer:Dialed Calls Total time spent on dialed calls since the last time you reset this timer.Received Calls Total time spent on calls received since the last time you reset this timer.All Calls Total time spent on dialed and received calls since the last time you reset this timer.Lifetime Total time spent on all calls on this phone. You cannot reset this timer.Find the FeatureM> Recent Calls > Call TimesPress To1S scroll to the timer you want\2SELECT (+)view the recorded timePress To1RESET (+)reset the time (if available)2YES (-)confirm the resetTimer Description](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-71.png)
![67PRELIMINARYPhonebookPhonebookYou can store a list of names and phone numbers or email addresses in your phone’s electronic phonebook.To see the names stored in your phonebook, press M > Phonebook from the idle display. Scroll to a name and press VIEW (+) to view details of the phonebook entry as shown in the following display.Fields in a Phonebook EntryNote: When you set a distinctive ringer alert for a phonebook entry, the Ringer ID setting appears below the speed dial number.$*Carlo Emrys2154337215Speed No.15BACK EDITM Entry’s phonenumber oremail addressType indicatoridentifiesnumber type:$WorkUHomeSMainhMobileZFaxpPager[EmailVoice Name indicatorindicates a recordedvoice name Entry’s NameEditentryPress Mto open thePhonebookMenuReturnto listEntry’s speeddial number](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-72.png)
![68PRELIMINARYPhonebookStoring a Phonebook EntryA phone number or email address is required for a phonebook entry. All other information is optional.Shortcut: Enter a phone number in the idle display, then press STORE (+) to create a phonebook entry with the number in the No. field. Go directly to step 3 in the following procedure to continue.Enter InformationFind the FeatureM> PhonebookM> NewPress To1S scroll to Phone Number or Email Address2SELECT (+)select the entry type3CHANGE (+)select Name4keypad keys enter a name for the entry5OK (+)store the name6CHANGE (+)select No. or Email7keypad keys enter the phone number or email address8OK (+)store the phone number or email address9CHANGE (+)select TypeNote: This option is not available for email entries.10S scroll to the number type](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-73.png)
![69PRELIMINARYPhonebook11SELECT (+)select the number type12RECORD (+)orGo to step 13 if you do not want a voice namerecord a voice name for the entry, if desired (see page 70)13S scroll to Speed No.The next available speed dial number is assigned to a new phonebook entry.14CHANGE (+)select Speed No. if you want to change it15 keypad keys enter a different speed dial number, if desired16OK (+)store the speed dial number17CHANGE (+)select Ringer ID if you want to assign a distinctive ringer alert for the phone numberYour phone uses the alert to notify you when you receive a call from this phone number (see page 96).18S scroll to the alert you want19SELECT (+)store the ringer ID alertPress To](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-74.png)
![70PRELIMINARYPhonebookComplete Phonebook EntryWhen you are finished entering information for a phonebook entry:Recording a Voice Name For a Phonebook EntryYou can record a voice name for a new or existing phonebook entry. This lets you call the phonebook entry using the voice dial feature (see page 72).Tip: Make your recording in a quiet location. Hold the phone about four inches (10 centimeters) from your mouth, and speak directly into the phone in a normal tone of voice.20SELECT (+)select MORE if you want to create another entry with the same NamePress ToDONE (-)store the entryFind the FeatureM> PhonebookDo This To1Press S scroll to the entry2Press VIEW (+) view entry details3Press EDIT (+) edit the entry4Press S scroll to Voice Name Press To](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-75.png)
![71PRELIMINARYPhonebookDialing a Phonebook EntryYou can use the phonebook list, voice dial, speed dial, or one-touch dial to call a number (or send a text message to an email address) stored in your phonebook. To use speed dial, see page 31. To use one-touch dial, see page 31.Phonebook ListTo call or send email to a phonebook entry:5Press RECORD (+)begin recording6Press and release the voice key and say the entry’s name (in two seconds)record the voice name7Press and release the voice key and repeat the nameconfirm the voice name8Press DONE (-)store the voice nameFind the FeatureM> PhonebookPress To1S scroll to the entry2N send the call (phone number) or open a new text message with the address in the To field (email address)Do This To](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-76.png)
![72PRELIMINARYPhonebookVoice DialTo call a number or send an email using voice dial:Editing a Phonebook EntryEdit the entry by following the procedures described in “Storing a Phonebook Entry” on page 68.Deleting a Phonebook EntryDo This ToPress and release the voice key and say the entry’s name (in two seconds).send the call (phone number) or open a new text message (email address)Find the FeatureM> PhonebookPress To1S scroll to the entry2VIEW (+)view entry details3EDIT (+) edit the entryFind the FeatureM> PhonebookPress To1S scroll to the entry2M open the Phonebook Menu3 S scroll to Delete](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-77.png)
![73PRELIMINARYPhonebookChecking Phonebook CapacityYou can see how much memory space is left for storing phonebook and datebook entries on your phone.Sorting the Phonebook ListYou can sort your phonebook list by speed dial number (the standard), name, email address, or voice dial.Tip: The voice dial sort is identical to the name sort, except that entries with voice name tags appear first.4SELECT (+)select Delete5YES (-)confirm the deletionFind the FeatureM> PhonebookPress To1M open the Phonebook Menu2S scroll to Ph Book Capacity3SELECT (+)select Ph Book CapacityYour phone displays the phone memory meter.Find the FeatureM> PhonebookPress To1M open the Phonebook MenuPress To](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-78.png)
![74PRELIMINARYPhonebook2S scroll to Setup3SELECT (+)select Setup4S scroll to Sort by5CHANGE (+)select Sort by6S scroll to the sort order you want7SELECT (+)select the sort orderPress To](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-79.png)
![75PRELIMINARYDatebookDatebookThe datebook is a calendar that lets you schedule and organize events such as appointments and meetings. The datebook can also play a reminder alarm for specific events.Note: You must set the correct time and date in order to use the datebook.To schedule or review datebook events:Week ViewThe datebook initially displays a calendar for the week. Lines or filled boxes indicate scheduled events.Find the FeatureM> DatebookEXIT VIEW{15 NOV-21 NOV }Go toselected dayExit thedatebook Untimedevent12 hourwindow One-hour eventDays of week(press * or #to select)Full day (12-hour)event scheduledS M T W T F SPress M to openthe Datebook MenuM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-80.png)
![76PRELIMINARYDatebookDay ViewSelect a day and press VIEW (+) to see the day’s events. .Event ViewSelect an event and press VIEW (+) to see event details.{THU 19-NOV }• Joe's B-day9:00 A Marie,... BACK VIEWDay of weekShow eventdetailsReturn toprevious screenUntimedeventEventAlarmDown scrollarrowPress M to openthe Datebook MenuM A THU 9:00amMarie, mtg aboutnew productBACK EDITDay and timeEdit eventReturn toprevious screenEvent detailsAlarm Down scrollarrowPress M to openthe Datebook MenuM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-81.png)
![77PRELIMINARYDatebookStoring a Datebook EventA title is required for a datebook event. All other information is optional.Changing Event InformationFind the FeatureM> Datebook > dayM> NewPress To1CHANGE (+)select Title2keypad keys enter a title for the event3OK (+)store the event title4S scroll to other fields and enter information as necessaryYou can set start time, duration, date, repeat interval, and reminder alarm.5DONE (-)store the eventFind the FeatureM> DatebookPress To1* or #scroll to the day2VIEW (+)display the day view3S scroll to the event4VIEW (+)display the event view5EDIT (+)edit the event](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-82.png)
![78PRELIMINARYDatebookCopying an Event6S scroll to the information you want to change7CHANGE (+)edit the information8keypad keys enter new information9DONE (-)store the informationFind the FeatureM> DatebookPress To1* or #scroll to the day2VIEW (+)display the day view3S scroll to the event4M open the Datebook Menu5S scroll to Copy6SELECT (+)copy the event7YES (-)confirm the copyYour phone assumes you want to change the date, and displays the Date field.8keypad keys enter date information9} (+)move to month, day, and year10DONE (-)save the copy of the event11DONE (-)return to the day viewPress To](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-83.png)
![79PRELIMINARYDatebookDeleting an EventFind the FeatureM> DatebookPress To1* or #scroll to the day2VIEW (+)display the day view3S scroll to the event4M open the Datebook Menu5S scroll to Delete6SELECT (+)select Delete7YES (-)confirm the deletion](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-84.png)
![80PRELIMINARYRadioRadioYou can use your phone to listen to FM radio stations when the optional Motorola Original™ FM Stereo Radio Headset accessory is plugged into the phone’s accessory connector port.Turning the Radio On and OffAlternatively, you can use the following procedure:Note: The Radio menu feature and soft key options appear only when the FM Stereo Radio Headset is plugged into the accessory connector port.Press ToRadio (+)turn the radio on and offPress To1M open the menu2S scroll to Radio3On (+) or Off (+)turn the radio on or off](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-85.png)
![81PRELIMINARYRadioTuning a StationStoring a PresetSelecting a PresetSending and Receiving Calls With the Radio OnYour phone rings or vibrates as usual to notify you of an incoming call, message, or other event.Do This ToPress S orPress and hold S scroll to the next frequencyscroll to the next available stereo stationDo This ToPress and hold a number key (1 to 9)assign its preset number to the tuned stationPress Toa number key (1 to 9)tune the station stored at the preset locationDo This ToPress IGNORE (-)ignore the call](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-86.png)
![82PRELIMINARYRadioTo end the call and resume the FM broadcast:Turn the radio off before dialing outgoing calls from the phone keypad. You do not have to turn off the radio to dial emergency numbers, or numbers selected from your phonebook or recent call lists.Tip: To dial a recently called number, press N or the button on the FM Stereo Radio Headset microphone to go to the dialed calls list (see page 63).Press ANSWER (+)orPress the button on the FM Stereo Radio Headset microphoneanswer the callNote: You can use the FM Stereo Radio Headset microphone to converse with the other party during a callDo This ToPress OorPress and hold the button on the FM Stereo Radio Headset microphoneend the callDo This To](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-87.png)
![83PRELIMINARYMessages—VoicemailMessages—VoicemailYou can listen to your voicemail messages by calling your network voicemail phone number. Voicemail messages are stored on the network—not on your phone.Storing Your Voicemail NumberStoring your voicemail number on your phone makes it easy for you to listen to new voicemail messages. In many cases, your service provider has already done this for you.Your service provider additionally may store your voicemail number as phonebook entry number 1, so you can use one-touch dial to listen to your voicemail messages. If necessary, see “Storing a Phonebook Entry” on page 68 to store your voicemail number for one-touch dial access.Find the FeatureM> MessagesM> VoiceMail SetupPress To1keypad keys enter your voicemail number2OK (+)store the number](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-88.png)
![84PRELIMINARYMessages—VoicemailReceiving a Voicemail MessageWhen you receive a voicemail message, your phone displays the & (voice message waiting) indicator and a New VoiceMail notification.If reminders are turned on, your phone sends a reminder at regular intervals until you close the new message notification, listen to the message, or turn off your phone.Listening to a Voicemail MessageThe phone calls your voicemail number. If no voicemail number is stored, your phone prompts you to store one.Shortcut: If your voicemail number is also stored as phonebook entry number 1, you can press and hold 1 to listen to your voicemail message(s).Do This ToPress CALL (+)listen to the messageFind the FeatureM> Messages > VoiceMail](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-89.png)
![85PRELIMINARYMessages—TextMessages—TextText messages are brief messages that you can send and receive.Quick notes are pre-written text messages that you can customize and send quickly.Your text message inbox must be set up before you can send and receive messages. The number of messages the inbox can hold depends on the length of the messages, and the number of other messages and drafts stored on your phone.Setting Up the Text Message InboxNote: In many cases, your service provider has already set up the text message inbox for you.Find the FeatureM> MessagesM> Text Msg SetupPress To1CHANGE (+)change the Srvce Center No.2keypad keys enter the phone number for the service that handles your outgoing messages3OK (+)store the number4CHANGE (+)change the Expire After period](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-90.png)
![86PRELIMINARYMessages—TextReceiving a Text MessageNote: Your text message inbox must be set up before you can receive text messages (see page 85).5keypad keys enter the expiration period—the number of days your network tries to send unreceived messages6OK (+)store the expiration period7CHANGE (+)change the Cleanup setting8S scroll to the number of days you want to keep messages in the inbox, or the number of messages you want to keep9SELECT (+)select the cleanup setting10CHANGE (+)change the SMS Alert setting11S select whether you want incoming message alerts turned On or Off while you are on a voice call12SELECT (+)select the SMS Alert setting13DONE (-)save the inbox settingsPress To](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-91.png)
![87PRELIMINARYMessages—TextWhen you receive a text message, your phone displays the X (message waiting) indicator and a New Message notification.If reminders are turned on, your phone sends a reminder at regular intervals until you close the new message notification, read the message, or turn off your phone.When your phone displays Memory is Full!, you must delete some existing messages to receive new messages.Reading, Locking, or Deleting a Text MessageMessages in the text message inbox are sorted from newest to oldest. The oldest messages are deleted automatically as specified by the inbox cleanup setting (see page 85). If you want to save a message, you should lock it to prevent it from being deleted during cleanup.Press ToREAD (+)open the messageFind the FeatureM> Messages > Text Msgs](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-92.png)
![88PRELIMINARYMessages—TextThe Text Msg Menu includes the following options:Press To1S scroll to the messageThe following indicators show message status:Y= unreadd= unread and urgentn= readf= read and locked2READ (+)open the message3SAVE (-)orREPLY (+)orM close the messagecompose and send a replyopen the Text Msg Menu to perform other procedures as described in the following listOption DescriptionDelete Delete the message.Create Message Open a new text message.Call Back Call the number in the message header or embedded in the message.Reply Open a new text message with the sender’s Reply To number or email address in the To field.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-93.png)
![89PRELIMINARYMessages—TextStoring Sounds From a Text MessageYou can receive a text message with inserted sounds (such as music or alert tones). You can store these sounds on your phone.Select a Sound FileForward Open a copy of the text message with an empty To field.Lock/Unlock Lock or unlock the message.Store Number Create a phonebook entry with the embedded number in the No. field.Delete All Delete all inbox messages.Store Address Create a phonebook entry with the embedded email address in the Email field..Setup Open the text message inbox setup menu.Press To1S scroll to and highlight the inserted sound file2M open the Text Msg Menu3S scroll to Store4SELECT (+)display a list of message items that can be storedOption Description](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-94.png)
![90PRELIMINARYMessages—TextStore a Sound FileTo store the sound file:To set the sound as an alert tone for a specific event:5S scroll to File Attachment6SELECT (+)display the sound filePress To1STORE (+)view storage options2S scroll to Store Only3SELECT (+)store the sound to your My Tones list (see page 97)Press To1STORE (+)view storage options2S scroll to Set As Ring Tone3SELECT (+)set the sound as an alertYour phone displays Set As Which?, and lists the available event types4S scroll to the eventt5SELECT (+)store the sound and set it as the event alertPress To](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-95.png)
![91PRELIMINARYMessages—TextSending a Text MessageYou can send a text message to one or more recipients. You can manually enter each recipient’s phone number or email address, or select numbers/addresses from the phonebook or recent call lists.Note: When you manually enter numbers and/or email addresses, you must insert a space between each entry. Press 1 one time, wait for the space to appear, then enter the next number or email address.Find the FeatureM> Messages > Create MessagePress To1CHANGE (+)select To2keypad keysorBROWSE (+)enter one or more phone numbers and/or email addressesTip: Press 1 to insert a space between eachnumber/address that you enter manually.select numbers/addresses from the phonebook or recent call lists3OK (+)store the numbers/addresses4CHANGE (+)select Msg](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-96.png)
![92PRELIMINARYMessages—Text5keypad keys enter the messageNote: Message length is limited.A counter at the top of the display shows how many characters are left.6OK (+)store the message7CHANGE (+)select Priority8S scroll to the priority you want9SELECT (+)set the priority10CHANGE (+)select Call11 keypad keys enter a number for the recipient to call back12OK (+)store the number13CHANGE (+)select Receipt14S select whether you want the message status to be updated when the recipient opens the messageNote: Sent messages are stored in your outbox. See page 94.15OK (+)store your receipt preference16DONE (-)finish the messagePress To](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-97.png)
![93PRELIMINARYMessages—TextSending a Quick Note Text MessageQuick notes are pre-written messages that you can edit and send quickly (for example, Meet me at ...). You can also create and store new quick notes.The Quick Note Menu includes the following options:17YES (-)orNO (+)send the messagecancel the message or save it in the drafts folderFind the FeatureM> Messages > Quick NotesPress To1S scroll to the quick note2READ (+)orM read the quick noteopen the Quick Note Menu to perform other procedures as described in the following listOption DescriptionNew Create a new quick note.Edit Edit the quick note.Press To](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-98.png)
![94PRELIMINARYMessages—TextViewing the Status of Sent Text MessagesMessages that you send are stored in the outbox.Messages in the outbox are sorted from newest to oldest. The following indicators show message status:Delete Delete the quick note.Send Open a new message with the quick note in the Msg field.Find the FeatureM> Messages > Outboxá = sending in progressY = deliveredm = sending failedn = read by recipientOption Description](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-99.png)
![95PRELIMINARYRing StylesRing StylesYour phone rings or vibrates to notify you of an incoming call or other event. This ring or vibration is called an alert. You can select one of five different ring styles:The ring style indicator in the display shows the current ring style (see page 23).Each ring style contains settings for specific event alerts, ringer ID, and ringer and keypad volume.Selecting a Ring Stylew= loud ringx= soft ringy= vibrateu= ring and vibratet= silentFind the FeatureM> Ring Styles > StylePress To1S scroll to the ring style2SELECT (+)select the ring style](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-100.png)
![96PRELIMINARYRing StylesCustomizing a Ring StyleChange Style SettingsYou can change the alerts that notify you of the following events: incoming calls, text messages, voicemail messages, data calls, fax calls, alarms, and reminders. Any changes you make are saved to the current ring style.Note: Style represents the current ring style.Activate and Deactivate Ringer IDsWhen ringer IDs are turned on, your phone uses distinctive ringer alerts to notify you of incoming calls or messages from specific entries stored in your phonebook. To assign a ringer ID to a phonebook entry, see page 68.Find the FeatureM> Ring Styles > Style DetailPress To1S scroll to the event2CHANGE (+)select the event3S scroll to the alert you want4SELECT (+)select the alertFind the FeatureM> Ring Styles > Style Detail](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-101.png)
![97PRELIMINARYRing StylesNote: Style represents the current ring style.Set Ringer or Keypad VolumeNote: Style represents the current ring style.Using My TonesYou can create and store up to 32 custom alert tones on your phone. The tones appear in the list of available alerts.Create a TonePress To1S scroll to Ringer IDs2CHANGE (+)change the ringer IDs setting3S scroll to On or Off4SELECT (+)select the optionFind the FeatureM> Ring Styles > Style DetailPress To1S scroll to Ring Volume or Key Volume2* or # scroll to the desired volume3OK (+)confirm the new volumeFind the FeatureM> Ring Styles > My Tones](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-102.png)
![98PRELIMINARYRing StylesEnter NotesUse the keypad keys to enter each note. Press a key multiple times to cycle through its notes or options (pitch, octave, or length). The default setting for a new tone is a quarter note in octave two.Press To1S scroll to [New Tone]2SELECT (+)select [New Tone]3CHANGE (+)select Notes4keypad keys enter notes (see page 98)5OK (+)store the notes6CHANGE (+)select Name7keypad keys enter a name for the tone8OK (+)store the name9DONE (-)store the toneKey Phone Display Description1 1 set octave one2 set octave two3 set octave three2 A note AB note BC note C3 D note DE note EF note F](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-103.png)
![99PRELIMINARYRing StylesEnter a note as follows:4 G note GR rest7 # sharpb flat0 q quarter note or resth half note or restw whole note or restTask ActionChange the octaveSet the new octave (1, 2, or 3) before selecting the note. The octave applies to all following notes until you change it again.Select the note (required)Press a keypad key.Change a note to a sharp or flatEnter a sharp or flat (# or b) after selecting the note.Some sharps and flats are played as standard notes. For example, B# is the same as C. Press S to scroll to valid notes when entering a new note.Change a note’s lengthSet the new length (q, h, or w) after selecting the note. The length applies to all following notes until you change it again.Key Phone Display Description](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-104.png)
![100PRELIMINARYRing StylesExamplePress the following keys to play this sequence of notes and rests in octave three: C (quarter note), E flat (quarter note), half rest, and G (whole note):Add a rest Enter one or more rests (R characters) as needed in the tone sequence. Set the length of the rest by entering a q, h, or w character after the rest, just as you would for a note.Listen to a new tone as you compose itPress M to enter the Compose Menu, and select Play All to play the notes you have entered.Press To Phone Display11 1 1set octave three3 22 2 2enter a quarter note CC 33 3 7 7enter a quarter note E flatEb 44 4 0 0enter a half restRh Task Action](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-105.png)
![101PRELIMINARYRing StylesPlay a ToneEdit a ToneYou cannot edit the predefined alert tones included with your phone. To edit a custom alert tone:54 0 0 0enter a whole note GGw Find the FeatureM> Ring Styles > My TonesPress To1S scroll to the tone2M open the My Tones Menu3S scroll to Play4SELECT (+) select Play5PLAY (+)orCANCEL (-)play the tone againreturn to my tones listFind the FeatureM> Ring Styles > My TonesPress To1S scroll to the tone2EDIT (+)open the tone detailsPress To Phone Display](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-106.png)
![102PRELIMINARYRing StylesDelete a ToneYou cannot delete the predefined alert tones included with your phone. To delete a custom alert tone:Download a ToneYou can download custom alert tones from the micro-browser application, or from a text message. To download tones from the micro-browser, see page 114. To download tones from a text message, see page 89.3S scroll to the item you want to edit (Name or Notes)4CHANGE (+)select the item5keypad keys enter new text or notes6OK (+)store the toneFind the FeatureM> Ring Styles > My TonesPress To1S scroll to the tone2M open the My Tones Menu3S scroll to Delete4SELECT (+)select Delete5YES (-)confirm the deletionPress To](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-107.png)
![103PRELIMINARYRing StylesSetting RemindersA reminder is an alert that rings or vibrates at regular intervals to notify you about a voicemail or text message that you have received, or a datebook event that you have scheduled.Note: Style represents the current ring style.Find the FeatureM> Ring Styles > Style Detail > RemindersPress To1S scroll to Beep or Vibrate to set the reminder alert type, or Off to turn off all reminders2SELECT (+)select the reminder alert](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-108.png)
![104PRELIMINARYShortcutsShortcutsYour phone includes several standard shortcuts. You can create additional shortcuts to frequently used menu items.Standard ShortcutsThe following shortcuts are pre-programmed in your phone. You cannot edit or delete these shortcuts.Creating a ShortcutYou can create a keypad shortcut plus an optional voice shortcut to a menu item. A voice shortcut takes you directly to the menu item when you say the shortcut name.Tip: Make your recording in a quiet location. Hold the phone about four inches (10 centimeters) from your mouth, and speak directly into the phone in a normal tone of voice.Do This ToPress M, then press and hold M (within two seconds)zoom in/out on your phone displayPress M *lock/unlock your keypadPress M #display your phone numberPress Ngo to the dialed calls listPress Oexit the menu system](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-109.png)
![105PRELIMINARYShortcutsDo This To1Press Menter the menu system2Press Sscroll to the menu item3Press and hold Mopen the shortcut editor4Press YES (-)view shortcut options5Press CHANGE (+)orPress DONE (-)orPress Schange the keypad shortcut numberselect the default keypad shortcut numberscroll to Voice to assign a voice shortcut6Press RECORD (+)begin recordingThe phone displays Press Voice Key then say voice shortcut.7Press and release the voice key and say the shortcut’s name (in two seconds)record the shortcut name8Press and release the voice key and repeat the nameconfirm the shortcut name9Press DONE (-)store the shortcut name](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-110.png)
![106PRELIMINARYShortcutsUsing ShortcutsUse a Keypad ShortcutSelect a Shortcut From the ListUse a Voice ShortcutPress To1M open the menu2the keypad shortcut number go to the menu item or perform the menu actionFind the FeatureM> Shortcuts > the shortcut youwantDo This To1Press Mopen the menu2Press and release the voice key and say the shortcut’s name (in two seconds)go to the menu item or perform the menu action](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-111.png)
![107PRELIMINARYVoice NotesVoice NotesYou can use the voice note feature to record personal messages and phone calls on your phone.Recording a Voice NoteUse this procedure to record a voice note from the idle display, or to record a phone call in progress. Your phone plays an alert tone to notify the other party that the call is being recorded.Note: Recording phone calls is subject to varying state and federal laws regarding privacy and recording of conversations.Tip: Make your recording in a quiet location. Hold the phone about four inches (10 centimeters) from your mouth, and speak directly into the phone in a normal tone of voice.Do This Result1Press and hold the voice key.The phone sounds an alert tone and begins recording.2Speak your voice note while continuing to hold the voice key.The phone records the voice note.3Release the voice key to stop recording.The phone displays the voice note number and total recording time.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-112.png)
![108PRELIMINARYVoice NotesViewing the Voice Notes ListFind the FeatureM> Voice NotesVoice Notes2)2:20pm 6/1/00 1)4:05am 4/1/00EXIT PLAYf Press M to open theVoice Notes MenuPlay thehighlightedvoice noteReturn toprevious screenTime/daterecordedDown scrollarrowLockedvoice noteM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-113.png)
![109PRELIMINARYVoice NotesPlaying a Voice NoteWhen you connect an optional Motorola Original™ headset or FM Stereo Radio Headset accessory to your phone, playback is automatically routed to the headset.Tip: You can play a voice note while taking a call. It will not be transmitted to the other party.Playback ScreenThe playback screen is displayed while the voice note plays.Find the FeatureM> Voice NotesPress To1S scroll to the voice note2PLAY (+)play the voice noteErasevoice noteReturn toprevious screenVoice notenumberPress # tofast forwardPress *to rewindVoice Note 3{}SAVE DELETEIndicates% playedPress M to open theVoice Notes MenuM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-114.png)
![110PRELIMINARYVoice NotesVoice Note ControlsStopplayback andreturn to voicenotes list.Stopplayback andgo to VoiceNotes Menu.Stopplayback andscroll up/downto next voicenote.Rewind threeseconds,resumeplaying.Press and holdto rewind to thebeginning.When playback iscomplete, press torestart.Fast forwardthreeseconds,resumeplaying.Press anynumber toalternatelystop andstartplayback.If voice note islocked, stopplayback andunlock voicenote.Press andhold to fastforward toend.If voice note isunlocked, stopplayback anddisplay DeleteVoice Note?Raise or lowerplaybackvolume ofvoice note.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-115.png)
![111PRELIMINARYVoice NotesLocking and Unlocking a Voice NoteLock a voice note to prevent it from being deleted. You must unlock a voice note to delete it.To lock or unlock a voice note during playback:Playback stops when you lock or unlock a voice note. Press any number key to resume playback.Find the FeatureM> Voice NotesPress To1S scroll to the voice note2M open the Voice Notes Menu3S scroll to Lock or Unlock4SELECT (+)lock or unlock the voice notePress To1M open the Voice Notes Menu2S scroll to Lock or Unlock3SELECT (+)lock or unlock the voice note](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-116.png)
![112PRELIMINARYVoice NotesDeleting a Voice NoteNotes: •Press NO (+) to cancel deletion.•You cannot delete a locked voice note.•You cannot recover a deleted voice note.Find the FeatureM> Voice NotesPress To1S scroll to the voice note you want to delete2M open the Voice Notes Menu3S scroll to Delete or Delete All4SELECT (+)select the highlighted option5YES (-) confirm the deletion](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-117.png)
![113PRELIMINARYMicro-BrowserMicro-BrowserThe micro-browser lets you access Web pages and Web-based applications on your phone. Contact your service provider to set up access, if necessary.Starting a Micro-Browser SessionIf you are unable to establish a network connection with the micro-browser, contact your service provider.Find the FeatureM> BrowserPress To1S scroll to a bookmark, service, or application2SELECT (+)select the item](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-118.png)
![114PRELIMINARYMicro-BrowserInteracting With Web PagesDownloading a Sound FileYou can use the micro-browser to download sound files onto your phone.To download a sound file from a Web page, select its link. The sound begins to play when downloading is complete.Store the Sound FilePress ToS scroll through text, or highlight a selectable itemSELECT (+)select the highlighted itemN call the highlighted phone number from the micro-browserkeypad keys, followed by OK (+)enter informationPress * to delete one letter at a time if you make a mistake.* go back to the previous pageM open the Browser MenuPress To1STORE (+)view storage options2S scroll to Store Only](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-119.png)
![115PRELIMINARYMicro-BrowserSet the Sound File As An AlertYou can use the sound as an alert tone to notify you of an incoming call or other event.For more information about using sounds and alert tones, see page 97.3SELECT (+)store the soundYour phone adds the sound to the My Tones list.Press To1STORE (+)view storage options2S scroll to Set As Ring Tone3SELECT (+)set the sound as an alert4S scroll to the event5SELECT (+)store the sound and set it as the event alertThe event alert setting is saved to the current ring stylePress To](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-120.png)
![116PRELIMINARYCalculatorCalculatorYou can use your phone as a calculator and currency converter.Calculating NumbersPress To1number keys enter a number2* or #highlight a calculator function3SELECT (+)perform the functionCalculator+0EXIT SELECTSelectedfunctionappearsherePerform thehighlightedfunctionPress M to openthe Calculator MenuExit thecalculatorEnterednumberPress * or# to scrollto otherfunctionsPress * or# to highlighta function.÷C=+-x} M](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-121.png)
![117PRELIMINARYCalculatorThe calculator can perform the following functions:Function Description. Insert a decimal pointC Clear the calculationCE Clear entry (replaces C when you enter subsequent values in a calculation)= Calculate the result+ Add- Subtractx Multiply÷ Divide% Divide the displayed value by 100± Change the entry’s sign(positive/negative)$ Calculate the exchange rateMS Store the value in memory (overwrites current stored value)MC Clear the value stored in memoryMR Replace the displayed value with the value stored in memory](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-122.png)
![118PRELIMINARYCalculatorConverting CurrencyThe currency converter works just like the calculator, but uses the $ (currency) function:Find the FeatureM> CalculatorM> Exchange RatePress To1number keys enter the exchange rate2OK (+)store the exchange rate3number keys enter the amount to convert (amount to multiply by the exchange rate)4* or #highlight the $ function5SELECT (+)perform the conversion](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-123.png)
![119PRELIMINARYGamesGamesYou can play games with your phone between phone calls. An incoming call, message, alarm, or alert automatically ends the game.Playing a GameWhen the game is over:Game OptionsPress M to select the following options during a game:Find the FeatureM> GamesPress To1S scroll to a game2SELECT (+)start the gamePress ToNEW (+) orYES (+)start another session of the same gameBACK (-) orNO (-)end the game sessionOption DescriptionGame Sounds Switch game sounds on/off.New Game Start a new game session.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-124.png)
![120PRELIMINARYGamesBlackjackIn this classic card game, you play against the dealer to see who can get closer to 21 points without going over.Rules of the Game•You start a new game with 100 credits. You must bet from 1-10 credits for each hand you play.•Press DEAL (+) to start a new hand.•The first card is dealt to the dealer. The dealer’s cards are shown at the top of the display, and your cards are shown at the bottom.•Face cards count as 10 points. Number cards count as the points shown on their face.•An ace counts as 11 points, unless that would put you over 21 points. Otherwise, an ace is counted as 1 point. An ace that is originally counted as 11 may later be counted as 1 if it will bring your total under or equal to 21 points.•An initial deal of an ace and a card with a face value of 10 points counts as exactly 21 points or Blackjack.•Blackjack automatically wins against any other hand that totals 21 points.Key Configuration Assign game functions to different keypad keys.Help Review the goal of the game.Option Description](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-125.png)
![121PRELIMINARYGames•If you score more than 21 points, you go “bust” or lose.•If you get five cards without going bust, you win.•If you and the dealer have the same score, the dealer wins.•You can ask for a “hit” or another card as long as you do not go bust.•As long as the dealer’s total is less than 17 points, the dealer must continue to take a hit.How to PlayWhen the game begins, you are dealt two cards.Press M to select the following options:Press ToSTAY (-)see the results of the handHIT ME (+)request another cardOption DescriptionInsurance If the dealer’s first card is an ace, pay half of your wager to insure against the dealer winning with Blackjack.Double Down Double your initial wager after receiving your first two cards.Choose Deck Choose the deck image.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-126.png)
![122PRELIMINARYGamesFalling NumbersScore points by pressing the corresponding number key for numbers as they “fall” down the display.Rules of the Game•If a number reaches the bottom of the display or if you press an incorrect number key, you score one miss.•The game is over when you score three misses.•The game has five levels. When you complete a level, play continues automatically at the next level.•You earn a bonus if you finish a level without a miss.How to PlayWhen the game begins, numbers start falling from the upper portion of the display. Press the corresponding number key to eliminate a falling number before it reaches the bottom of the display.Press M to set the following options:Video PokerTurn 100 credits into 9,999+ credits by making the best possible poker hands.Option DescriptionLevel Choose the starting level of play.Top Scores View the top five scores.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-127.png)
![123PRELIMINARYGamesRules of the Game•You start a new game with 100 credits. You must bet from 1-10 credits for each hand you play.•You are dealt five cards face up, and have one opportunity to trade in cards (zero to five) for new ones.•A winning hand earns credits as listed in the Awards Table.•Your credit total is saved when you exit the game. The next time you play, you start with the number of credits that remain from the previous session.•The game is over when you lose all of your credits.How to PlayPlace your initial bet or change your bet (from 1-10 credits) and then:Press ToDEAL (+)start a new hand4 select the card to the left6 select the card to the right5 or DISCARD (-)discard (cannot be undone)DONE (+)remove discarded cards and deal replacements](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-128.png)
![124PRELIMINARYGamesPress M to select the following options:Option DescriptionChange Bet Change the amount of your bet.Choose Deck Choose the deck image.Awards Table View the list of odds/payouts for each winning hand.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-129.png)
![125PRELIMINARYAdjusting Your SettingsAdjusting Your SettingsReordering Menu ItemsYou can reorder the items in your phone’s main menu.Customizing a Soft Key FunctionYou can relabel the soft keys (- and +) to access different menu items from the idle display.Find the FeatureM> Settings > Other Settings > Personalize > Main MenuPress To1S scroll to a menu item2GRAB (+)grab the menu item3S move the item to a new location in the menu4INSERT (+)insert the menu itemFind the FeatureM> Settings > Other Settings > Personalize > Keys](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-130.png)
![126PRELIMINARYAdjusting Your SettingsTTY OperationYou can use an optional TTY device with your phone to send and receive calls. You must plug the TTY device into the phone’s headset jack and set the phone to operate in one of three TTY modes.Set TTY ModeWhen you set your phone to a TTY mode, it operates in that mode whenever the TTY device is connected.Press To1S scroll to Left or Right2CHANGE (+)open the key editor3S scroll to the new key function4CHANGE (+)confirm the new functionFind the FeatureM> Settings > Other Settings > Initial Setup > TTY SetupPress To1S scroll to TTY Setup2CHANGE (+)change the TTY mode3S scroll to the TTY mode4SELECT (+)select the TTY mode](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-131.png)
![127PRELIMINARYAdjusting Your SettingsThe TTY Setup menu includes the following options:When your phone is in a TTY mode, the international TTY symbol and the mode setting are shown in the idle display. You can press TTYMODE (-) to change the mode setting.Switch to TTY Mode During a Voice CallReturn to Voice ModeTo return to normal voice mode, select Voice from the TTY Setup menu as described on page 126.Option DescriptionTTY Transmit and receive TTY charactersVCO Receive TTY characters but transmit by speaking into the microphoneHCO Transmit TTY characters but receive by listening to the earpieceVoice Return to normal voice modePress To1M open the Call menu2S scroll to TTY Setup3SELECT (+)display the TTY Setup menu4S scroll to the TTY mode5SELECT (+)select the TTY mode](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-132.png)
![128PRELIMINARYAdjusting Your SettingsHands-Free UseYou can purchase an optional Motorola Original™ hands-free car kit or headset for your phone. These accessories provide alternative ways for you to use your phone without using your hands.Note: The use of wireless devices and their accessories may be prohibited or restricted in certain areas. Always obey the laws and regulations on the use of these products.Automatic AnswerYou can set your phone to automatically answer calls after two rings when connected to a car kit or headset.Find the FeatureM> Settings > Other SettingsPress To1S scroll to Car Settings or Headset2SELECT (+)select the feature3S scroll to Auto Answer4CHANGE (+)select Auto Answer5S scroll to On or Off6SELECT (+)confirm the setting](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-133.png)
![129PRELIMINARYAdjusting Your SettingsAutomatic Hands-FreeYou can set your phone to automatically route calls to a car kit when it detects a connection.Power-Off DelayWhen your phone is connected to a car kit, you can set it to stay on for a specified time period after you switch off the ignition. This prevents the phone from draining your vehicle battery, but leaves the phone on long enough that you do not have to re-enter your unlock code when making short stops.Find the FeatureM> Settings > Other Settings > Car Settings > Auto HandsfreePress To1S scroll to On or Off2SELECT (+)confirm the settingFind the FeatureM> Settings > Other Settings > Car Settings > Power-Off DelayPress To1S scroll to the time delay2SELECT (+)confirm your selection](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-134.png)
![130PRELIMINARYAdjusting Your SettingsCaution: If you select Continuous, the phone does not power off when you turn off the ignition. Be careful not to drain your vehicle battery if you select this option.Charger TimeWhen your phone is connected to a car kit, you can set it to charge itself for a specified time period after you switch off the ignition. This helps ensure that the phone battery gets fully charged while the vehicle is parked.Find the FeatureM> Settings > Other Settings > Car Settings > Charger TimePress To1S scroll to the charge time2SELECT (+)confirm your selection](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-135.png)
![131PRELIMINARYData CallsData CallsA Motorola Original™ data kit lets you transfer data between your phone and a computer or other external device. You can:•use your phone as a modem to connect to the Internet.•use your phone to send and receive data calls on your computer or hand-held device.Connecting Your Phone to an External DeviceConnect your phone to a computer or hand-held device using a serial cable or a USB cable.Note: Not all devices are compatible with serial cable or USB cable connections. Check your external device for specifications.Set Up a Cable ConnectionAttach a serial cable or Motorola Original USB cable to the phone and external device as follows. Your phone plays a short tone when the cable connects.Note: Check your computer or hand-held device to determine the type of cable you need.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-136.png)
![132PRELIMINARYData CallsAttaching a Serial CableUse the interchangeable head on the Motorola Multi-Connect Serial Cable to connect a computer, Palm III device, or Palm V device to your phone.Do This1Plug the serial cable into the detachable head. Make sure that the Motorola logo on the detachable head and the metal shielding on the serial cable plug are both facing you.2With the Motorola logo and the phone both facing you, plug the detachable head into the phone’s accessory connector port.3Plug the other end of the cable into the serial interface connection on the external device and tighten the screws.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-137.png)
![133PRELIMINARYData CallsAttaching a USB CableInstall the SoftwareInstall the software from the CD-ROM that comes with your Motorola Original data kit. See the data kit’s user guide for more information.Sending a Data CallYou can connect your phone to a computer or hand-held device to send data from the connected device.Use this feature to transfer data from your computer onto another device, and to synchronize phonebook and datebook information between your phone, computer, and/or hand-held device.Do This4Plug the end of the cable with the Motorola logo into the phone’s accessory connector port. Make sure that the logo and the phone are both facing you.5Plug the other end—the USB connection—into the USB port on the external device.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-138.png)
![134PRELIMINARYData CallsConnect your phone as described on page 131 and do the following:Receiving a Data CallYou can connect your phone to a computer or hand-held device to receive data.Use this feature to transfer data to your computer from another device.Do This To1Check the phone make sure that the phone is connected and powered on2Open the application on your computerplace the call through the application (such as dial-up-networking)Note: You cannot dial data numbers through your phone’s keypad. You must dial them through your computer.3End the call from the connected deviceclose the call and connection when the transfer is complete](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-139.png)
![135PRELIMINARYData CallsSet Up Your PhoneTransfer the DataYour phone notifies you when the data call arrives, and transfers the call to the connected device. You must use the application running on the connected device to answer the call.End the Data ConnectionWhen the data transfer is complete:Find the FeatureM> Settings > Connection > Incoming CallDo This To1Press CHANGE (+)select Next Call2Press Sscroll to Data In Only3Press SELECT (+)set the call format4Connect your phone to the deviceenable the data transferNote: You cannot answer incoming voice calls when your phone is in data mode. Any voice calls you receive are treated as unanswered calls. To return a voice call, reset your phone to voice mode as described on page 136.Do This ToEnd the call from the connected deviceclose the connection](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-140.png)
![136PRELIMINARYData CallsReset Normal Voice OperationAfter making a data call, you must reset your phone to resume normal voice operations. You cannot receive voice calls when your phone is in data mode.Your phone also reverts to normal voice operations when you turn it off and then turn it back on.Find the FeatureM> Settings > Connection > Incoming CallDo This To1Press CHANGE (+)select Next Call2Press Sscroll to Normal3Press SELECT (+)reset your phone](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-141.png)
![137PRELIMINARYSecuritySecurityAssigning a New Code or PasswordYour phone’s unlock code is originally set to 1234, and the security code is originally set to 000000. Your service provider may reset these numbers before you receive your phone.If your service provider has not reset these numbers, we recommend that you change them to prevent other users from accessing your personal information. The unlock code must contain four digits, and the security code must contain six digits.Notes: •Your service provider may retain your phone’s security code for customer service purposes. In this case, you will not be able to use phone features that require you to enter the security code.•If the unlock code is the only code you can change, the New Passwords menu is not available. In this case, change the unlock code by selecting: M > Settings > Security > Phone Lock > Unlock Code.To change a code or password:Find the FeatureM> Settings > Security > New Passwords](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-142.png)
![138PRELIMINARYSecurityIf You Forget a Code or PasswordIf you forget your security code, contact your service provider.If you forget your unlock code, try entering 1234 or the last four digits of your phone number. If that does not work, do the following at the Enter Unlock Code prompt:Press To1S scroll to the code or password2CHANGE (+)select the code or password3keypad keys enter your old code4OK (+)submit your old code5keypad keys enter the new code6OK (+)assign the new code7keypad keys re-enter the new code8OK (+)confirm the new codePress To1M go to the unlock code bypass screen2keypad keys enter your security code3OK (+)submit your security code](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-143.png)
![139PRELIMINARYSecurityLocking and Unlocking Your PhoneYou can lock your phone manually or set the phone to lock automatically whenever you turn it off.To use a locked phone, you must enter the unlock code. A locked phone still rings or vibrates for incoming calls or messages, but you must unlock it to answer.You can make emergency calls on your phone even when it is locked. For more information, see page 30.Lock Your Phone ManuallySet Your Phone to Lock AutomaticallyYou can set your phone to lock every time you turn it off.Find the FeatureM> Settings > Security > Phone Lock > Lock NowPress To1keypad keys enter your unlock code2OK (+)lock the phoneFind the FeatureM> Settings > Security > Phone Lock > Automatic Lock > OnPress To1keypad keys enter your unlock code2OK (+)activate automatic lock](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-144.png)
![140PRELIMINARYSecurityUnlock Your PhoneAt the Enter Unlock Code prompt:Locking and Unlocking Your KeypadYou can lock your phone keypad to prevent accidental keypresses (for example, when carrying your phone in a purse or pocket).Note: Incoming calls and messages unlock the keypad.Restricting CallsYou can stop all incoming and/or outgoing calls, or you can restrict them to the numbers stored in your phonebook.Notes: •You can make emergency calls when outgoing calls are restricted.•Your phone still receives incoming text messages when incoming calls are restricted.Press To1keypad keys enter your unlock code2OK (+)unlock your phonePress ToM *lock or unlock your keypad](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-145.png)
![141PRELIMINARYSecurity•When you restrict incoming calls to numbers stored in the phonebook, a valid incoming call may be restricted if caller ID information for the call is not available from the network.Tip: The phonebook is not locked when you restrict outgoing calls to numbers stored in the phonebook. To prevent a user from adding (and then calling) a new phonebook entry, you may want to lock the phonebook. See the “Lock Application” item on page 56.Find the FeatureM> Settings > Security > Restrict CallsPress To1keypad keys enter your unlock code2OK (+)open the restrict calls menu3S scroll to Outgoing Calls or Incoming Calls4CHANGE (+)select the option5CHANGE (+)change the Allow setting6S scroll to All, None, or Phonebook7SELECT (+)select the allowed callsActivating Talk SecureYour phone can attempt to send your calls using a high-security connection, to prevent others from intercepting them. For more information, see “Talk Secure” on page 29.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-146.png)
![142PRELIMINARYSecurityFind the FeatureM> Settings > Security > Talk SecurePress To1S scroll to Preferred or Off2SELECT (+)switch talk secure on or off](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-147.png)
![143PRELIMINARYTroubleshootingTroubleshootingCheck these questions first if you have problems with your phone. If you need additional help, contact the Motorola Customer Call Center at 1-800-331-6456 (United States) or 1-800-461-4575 (Canada).Question AnswerIs your phone set up correctly? Press M #. If you do not see your phone number, contact your service provider.Is your battery charged? Do you see B in the display? The battery level indicator should have at least one segment showing (C). If it does not, recharge your battery.Does the handset have a signal? Do you see j in the display? The signal strength indicator should have at least one segment showing (1). If it does not, move to an area with a stronger signal to use your phone.Is the earpiece volume too low? While on a call, press the upper volume key on the side of your phone.Is the other party unable to hear you? Your phone may be muted. Press UNMUTE (+) if necessary to unmute the phone.Also, make sure that your phone’s microphone is not blocked by its carrying case or a sticker.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-148.png)
![144PRELIMINARYTroubleshootingThe following refer to specific problems:Has the phone been damaged, dropped, or gotten wet? Dropping your phone, getting it wet, or using a non-Motorola battery or battery charger can damage the phone. The phone’s limited warranty does not cover liquid damage or damage caused from using non-Motorola accessories.Was a non-Motorola battery or battery charger used? Problem SolutionMy phone was stolen. To whom should I report this? Report a stolen phone to the police and to your service provider (the company that sends you your monthly wireless service bill).I forgot my password.See “If You Forget a Code or Password” on page 138.I pressed the power key, but nothing happened. Be sure to press and hold P (the power key) until the display appears and you hear an audible alert. (This could take several seconds.) If nothing happens, check that a charged battery is installed.Question Answer](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-149.png)
![145PRELIMINARYTroubleshootingThe display says: Enter Unlock Code. How do I unlock my phone? Enter the factory-preset unlock code (1234), or the last four digits of your phone number. If this fails, call your service provider (the company that sends you your monthly wireless service bill). My phone asks for an unlock code when I try to open a feature. The application you want is locked. If you do not know the unlock code, see “If You Forget a Code or Password” on page 138.My phone does not ring. If you see t or y in the display, then the ringer is turned off. See “Ring Styles” on page 95.Also, the ringer may be set to Silent even though your phone is set to an audible ring style. See “Customizing a Ring Style” on page 96.My phone rings even though I selected the Silent (or Vibrate) ring style. The ringer may be set to play a tone even though your phone is set to a silent ring style. See “Customizing a Ring Style” on page 96.Problem Solution](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-150.png)
![146PRELIMINARYTroubleshootingI tried to place a call and heard an alternating high/low tone. Your call did not reach the wireless system. You may have dialed the number too soon after turning the phone on. Wait until you see the idle display before making a call.I cannot send/receive calls. Make sure that you have a phone signal (see the “Signal Strength Indicator” item on page 24). Avoid electrical or radio interference, and obstructions such as bridges, parking garages, or tall buildings.Your phone also may have the Restrict Calls feature turned on. If you know the unlock code, you can change this setting in the security menu (M > Settings > Security).My phone has poor reception and drops calls. Make sure that your antenna is not bent or damaged.Also, make sure you have a phone signal (see the “Signal Strength Indicator” item on page 24). Stay clear of any obstructions such as bridges, parking garages, or tall buildings.Problem Solution](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-151.png)
![147PRELIMINARYTroubleshootingI cannot hear others on my phone. While on a call, press the upper volume key. The display should show the volume increasing.Also, make sure that your phone’s earpiece is not blocked by its carrying case.I cannot open my inbox. Before you can use text or information services messages, you must set up the appropriate inbox. See “Setting Up the Text Message Inbox” on page 85.How do I see the calls I sent or received? To see the most recent calls you dialed or received:M> Recent Calls> Received CallsorDialed CallsProblem Solution](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-152.png)
![148PRELIMINARYTroubleshootingMy phone will not send voicemail commands, passwords, or other codes. Your phone sends commands and passwords as DTMF tones. You can set your phone’s DTMF tones to be On or Off. If you have trouble sending numbers, check your DTMF setting.1From the idle display, press:M> Settings > Other Settings > Initial Setup > DTMF2Press S to scroll to On.3Press SELECT (+) to select it.My phone’s display is too dark. Use the Contrast feature (see page 60) to change the level of contrast in your phone display.You can also use the Backlight feature (see page 59) to change the length of time that the display backlight stays on. My battery didn’t last as long as I expected. What can I do to extend battery life? Your battery’s performance is affected by charge time, feature use, temperature changes, backlight use, and other factors. For tips on extending your battery life, see “Battery Use” on page 26.Problem Solution](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-153.png)
![149PRELIMINARYTroubleshootingI am unable to record a voice note, voice name, or voice shortcut. Try moving to a quieter location to make your voice recording. Hold the phone about four inches (10 centimeters) from your mouth, and speak directly into the phone in a normal tone of voice.My TTY device doesn’t work with my phone. Your phone must be set to a TTY mode for the phone to detect your TTY device. See “TTY Operation” on page 126.I plugged the data cable into my phone but my phone did not beep. How do I know if the data cable is ready to go? The beep indicates that you are set up correctly. If you did not hear a beep, make sure that both ends of the data cable are connected—the smaller end to your phone and the larger end to your computer. Also, your computer may have deactivated the port to save power. Try opening an application that uses the port, like a fax or dial-up application, to automatically activate the port.Problem Solution](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-154.png)
![150PRELIMINARYTroubleshootingMy phone beeped when I attached the data cable, but my data applications don’t work. You must be in an area with digital coverage. Check your phone’s display for the digital signal indicator (F).Some wireless networks may not support data transmission. If you see the digital indicator, but you are roaming on an unfamiliar network, this may be the case.Also, remember that data transmission usually requires a subscription. Call your service provider for more information.When sending data with the data cable, why does the computer show a connection rate of 19200 Kbps? 19200 Kbps is the data transfer rate of the connection between your computer and the phone. The rate of the connection between your phone and the network is displayed on your phone, and will be either 14400 or 9600 Kbps.I can’t end my data call by closing the application on my computer. What can I do? Try pressing O on your phone. Or try disconnecting the cable or turning off the phone. If possible, always close the connection through your computer, as these alternative methods may disrupt the application on your computer.Problem Solution](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-155.png)
![151PRELIMINARYTroubleshootingI launched the micro-browser but the display says: Service Not Available. You may be in an area without service. If you have wireless service, look in the display for the digital signal indicator (F). If you do not see the indicator, you may be in an area that has only analog service or no service at all. If you see the digital signal indicator, you may be connected to a digital network that does not support Internet access.I launched the micro-browser but the display says: Data Server Unavailable. Try again in a few minutes. The servers may be temporarily busy.Problem Solution](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-156.png)
![152PRELIMINARYProgramming InstructionsProgramming InstructionsFollow this procedure if you need to program your phone’s phone number(s).Note: Programming is normally done by a trained technician at the site of purchase. Users should not make changes other than ones in the following procedure.Before programming, ask your service provider for your:•Carrier System ID (a one- to five-digit number)•10-digit MIN (Mobile Identification Number)Press To1#, the Carrier System ID number, #, *, Nenter programming mode20, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0(This is the security code that is in the phone when it is shipped from the factory.)enter the security code3OK (+)submit the security code4S scroll to MIN5CHANGE (+)open the MIN display](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-157.png)
![153PRELIMINARYProgramming Instructions6keypad keys for the 10-digit MINenter the new MIN7OK (+)store the new MIN8DONE (-)exit programming modePress To](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-158.png)
![154PRELIMINARYSpecific Absorption Rate DataSpecific Absorption Rate DataThis model phone meets the government’s requirements for exposure to radio waves. Your wireless phone is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed and manufactured not to exceed limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the U.S. Federal Communications Commission for the United States and by Health Canada for Canada. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age or health.The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC and by Health Canada is 1.6 W/kg.1 Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC and by Industry Canada with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-159.png)
![155PRELIMINARYSpecific Absorption Rate Datato a wireless base station antenna, the lower the power output.Before a phone model is available for sale to the public in the U.S. and Canada, it must be tested and certified to the FCC and Industry Canada that it does not exceed the limit established by each government for safe exposure. The tests are performed in positions and locations (e.g., at the ear and worn on the body) reported to the FCC and available for review by Industry Canada. The highest SAR value for this model phone when tested for use at the ear is ____ W/kg2, and when worn on the body, as described in this user guide, is ____ W/kg.2 (Body-worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available accessories and regulatory requirements). While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet the governmental requirements for safe exposure.The FCC and Industry Canada have granted an Equipment Authorization for this model phone with all reported SAR levels evaluated as being in compliance with the FCC and Health Canada RF exposure guidelines. SAR information on this model phone is on file with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of:http://www.fcc.gov/oet/fccid after searching on FCC ID ________. You may also refer to Motorola’s Web site:http://www.motorola.com/rfhealth](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-160.png)
![156PRELIMINARYSpecific Absorption Rate DataAdditional information on Specific Absorption Rates (SAR) can be found on the Cellular Telecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA) Web site: http://phonefacts.net or the Canadian Wireless Telecommunications Association (CWTA) Web site: http://www.cwta.ca1. In the United States and Canada, the SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 1.6 watts/kg (W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. The standard incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements.2. Additional related information includes the Motorola testing protocol, assessment procedure, and measurement uncertainty range for this product.ITC01-064](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-161.png)
![157PRELIMINARYAdditional Health and Safety InformationThe U.S. Food and Drug Administration's Center for Devices and Radiological HealthConsumer Update on Mobile PhonesAdditional Health and Safety InformationFDA has been receiving inquiries about the safety of mobile phones, including cellular phones and PCS phones. The following summarizes what is known—and what remains unknown—about whether these products can pose a hazard to health, and what can be done to minimize any potential risk. This information may be used to respond to questions.Why the concern?Mobile phones emit low levels of radio frequency energy (i.e., radio frequency radiation) in the microwave range while being used. They also emit very low levels of radio frequency energy (RF), considered non-significant, when in the stand-by mode. It is well known that high levels of RF can produce biological damage through heating effects (this is how your microwave oven is able to cook food). However, it is not known whether, to what extent, or through what mechanism, lower levels of RF might cause adverse health effects as well. Although some research has been done to address these questions, no clear picture of the biological effects of this type of radiation has emerged to date. Thus, the available science does not allow us to conclude that mobile phones are absolutely safe, or that they are unsafe. However, the available scientific evidence does not demonstrate any adverse health effects associated with the use of mobile phones.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-162.png)
![158PRELIMINARYAdditional Health and Safety InformationWhat kinds of phones are in question?Questions have been raised about hand-held mobile phones, the kind that have a built-in antenna that is positioned close to the user's head during normal telephone conversation. These types of mobile phones are of concern because of the short distance between the phone's antenna—the primary source of the RF—and the person's head. The exposure to RF from mobile phones in which the antenna is located at greater distances from the user (on the outside of a car, for example) is drastically lower than that from hand-held phones, because a person's RF exposure decreases rapidly with distance from the source. The safety of so-called “cordless phones,” which have a base unit connected to the telephone wiring in a house and which operate at far lower power levels and frequencies, has not been questioned.How much evidence is there that hand-held mobile phones might be harmful?Briefly, there is not enough evidence to know for sure, either way; however, research efforts are on-going. The existing scientific evidence is conflicting and many of the studies that have been done to date have suffered from flaws in their research methods. Animal experiments investigating the effects of RF exposures characteristic of mobile phones have yielded conflicting results. A few animal studies, however, have suggested that low levels of RF could accelerate the development of cancer in laboratory animals. In one study, mice genetically altered to be predisposed to developing one type of cancer developed more than twice as many such cancers when they were exposed to RF energy compared to controls. There is much uncertainty among scientists about](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-163.png)
![159PRELIMINARYAdditional Health and Safety Informationwhether results obtained from animal studies apply to the use of mobile phones. First, it is uncertain how to apply the results obtained in rats and mice to humans. Second, many of the studies that showed increased tumor development used animals that had already been treated with cancer-causing chemicals, and other studies exposed the animals to the RF virtually continuously—up to 22 hours per day.For the past five years in the United States, the mobile phone industry has supported research into the safety of mobile phones. This research has resulted in two findings in particular that merit additional study:1In a hospital-based, case-control study, researchers looked for an association between mobile phone use and either glioma (a type of brain cancer) or acoustic neuroma (a benign tumor of the nerve sheath). No statistically significant association was found between mobile phone use and acoustic neuroma. There was also no association between mobile phone use and gliomas when all types of types of gliomas were considered together. It should be noted that the average length of mobile phone exposure in this study was less than three years.When 20 types of glioma were considered separately, however, an association was found between mobile phone use and one rare type of glioma, neuroepithelliomatous tumors. It is possible with multiple comparisons of the same sample that this association occurred by chance. Moreover, the risk did not increase with how often the mobile phone was used, or the length of the calls. In fact, the risk actually decreased with cumulative hours of mobile phone use. Most cancer causing agents increase risk with increased exposure. An ongoing study of brain](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-164.png)
![160PRELIMINARYAdditional Health and Safety Informationcancers by the National Cancer Institute is expected to bear on the accuracy and repeatability of these results.12Researchers conducted a large battery of laboratory tests to assess the effects of exposure to mobile phone RF on genetic material. These included tests for several kinds of abnormalities, including mutations, chromosomal aberrations, DNA strand breaks, and structural changes in the genetic material of blood cells called lymphocytes. None of the tests showed any effect of the RF except for the micronucleus assay, which detects structural effects on the genetic material. The cells in this assay showed changes after exposure to simulated cell phone radiation, but only after 24 hours of exposure. It is possible that exposing the test cells to radiation for this long resulted in heating. Since this assay is known to be sensitive to heating, heat alone could have caused the abnormalities to occur. The data already in the literature on the response of the micronucleus assay to RF are conflicting. Thus, follow-up research is necessary.2FDA is currently working with government, industry, and academic groups to ensure the proper follow-up to these industry-funded research findings. Collaboration with the Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association (CTIA) in particular is expected to lead to FDA providing research recommendations and scientific oversight of new CTIA-funded research based on such recommendations.Two other studies of interest have been reported recently in the literature:1Two groups of 18 people were exposed to simulated mobile phone signals under laboratory conditions while](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-165.png)
![161PRELIMINARYAdditional Health and Safety Informationthey performed cognitive function tests. There were no changes in the subjects' ability to recall words, numbers, or pictures, or in their spatial memory, but they were able to make choices more quickly in one visual test when they were exposed to simulated mobile phone signals. This was the only change noted among more than 20 variables compared.32In a study of 209 brain tumor cases and 425 matched controls, there was no increased risk of brain tumors associated with mobile phone use. When tumors did exist in certain locations, however, they were more likely to be on the side of the head where the mobile phone was used.Because this occurred in only a small number of cases, the increased likelihood was too small to be statistically significant.4In summary, we do not have enough information at this point to assure the public that there are, or are not, any low incident health problems associated with use of mobile phones. FDA continues to work with all parties, including other federal agencies and industry, to assure that research is undertaken to provide the necessary answers to the outstanding questions about the safety of mobile phones.What is known about cases of human cancer that have been reported in users of hand-held mobile phones?Some people who have used mobile phones have been diagnosed with brain cancer. But it is important to understand that this type of cancer also occurs among people who have not used mobile phones. In fact, brain cancer occurs in the](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-166.png)
![162PRELIMINARYAdditional Health and Safety InformationU.S. population at a rate of about 6 new cases per 100,000 people each year. At that rate, assuming 80 million users of mobile phones (a number increasing at a rate of about 1 million per month), about 4800 cases of brain cancer would be expected each year among those 80 million people, whether or not they used their phones. Thus it is not possible to tell whether any individual's cancer arose because of the phone, or whether it would have happened anyway. A key question is whether the risk of getting a particular form of cancer is greater among people who use mobile phones than among the rest of the population. One way to answer that question is to compare the usage of mobile phones among people with brain cancer with the use of mobile phones among appropriately matched people without brain cancer. This is called a case-control study. The current case-control study of brain cancers by the National Cancer Institute, as well as the follow-up research to be sponsored by industry, will begin to generate this type of information.What is FDA's role concerning the safety of mobile phones?Under the law, FDA does not review the safety of radiation-emitting consumer products such as mobile phones before marketing, as it does with new drugs or medical devices. However, the agency has authority to take action if mobile phones are shown to emit radiation at a level that is hazardous to the user. In such a case, FDA could require the manufacturers of mobile phones to notify users of the health hazard and to repair, replace or recall the phones so that the hazard no longer exists.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-167.png)
![163PRELIMINARYAdditional Health and Safety InformationAlthough the existing scientific data do not justify FDA regulatory actions at this time, FDA has urged the mobile phone industry to take a number of steps to assure public safety. The agency has recommended that the industry:•support needed research into possible biological effects of RF of the type emitted by mobile phones•design mobile phones in a way that minimizes any RF exposure to the user that is not necessary for device function•cooperate in providing mobile phone users with the best possible information on what is known about possible effects of mobile phone use on human healthAt the same time, FDA belongs to an interagency working group of the federal agencies that have responsibility for different aspects of mobile phone safety to ensure a coordinated effort at the federal level. These agencies are:•National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health•Environmental Protection Agency•Federal Communications Commission•Occupational Health and Safety Administration•National Telecommunications and Information AdministrationThe National Institutes of Health also participates in this group.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-168.png)
![164PRELIMINARYAdditional Health and Safety InformationIn the absence of conclusive information about any possible risk, what can concerned individuals do?If there is a risk from these products—and at this point we do not know that there is—it is probably very small. But if people are concerned about avoiding even potential risks, there are simple steps they can take to do so. For example, time is a key factor in how much exposure a person receives. Those persons who spend long periods of time on their hand-held mobile phones could consider holding lengthy conversations on conventional phones and reserving the hand-held models for shorter conversations or for situations when other types of phones are not available.People who must conduct extended conversations in their cars every day could switch to a type of mobile phone that places more distance between their bodies and the source of the RF, since the exposure level drops off dramatically with distance. For example, they could switch to:•a mobile phone in which the antenna is located outside the vehicle•a hand-held phone with a built-in antenna connected to a different antenna mounted on the outside of the car or built into a separate package•a headset with a remote antenna to a mobile phone carried at the waist Again, the scientific data do not demonstrate that mobile phones are harmful. But if people are concerned about the radio frequency energy from these products, taking the simple precautions outlined above can reduce any possible risk.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-169.png)
![165PRELIMINARYAdditional Health and Safety InformationWhere can I find additional information?For additional information, see the following Web sites:Federal Communications Commission (FCC) RF Safety Program (select “Information on Human Exposure to RF Fields from Cellular and PCS Radio Transmitters”):http://www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety World Health Organization (WHO) International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (select Qs & As): http://www.who.int/emf United Kingdom, National Radiological Protection Board:http://www.nrpb.org.uk Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association (CTIA): http://www.wow-com.com U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Center for Devices and Radiological Health:http://www.fda.gov/cdrh/consumer/1. Muscat et al. Epidemiological Study of Cellular Telephone Use and Malignant Brain Tumors. In: State of the Science Symposium;1999 June 20; Long Beach, California.2. Tice et al. Tests of mobile phone signals for activity in genotoxicity and other laboratory assays. In: Annual Meeting of the Environmental Mutagen Society; March 29, 1999, Washington, D.C.; and personal communication, unpublished results.3. Preece, AW, Iwi, G, Davies-Smith, A, Wesnes, K, Butler, S, Lim, E, and Varey, A. Effect of a 915-MHz simulated mobile phone signal on cognitive function in man. Int. J. Radiat. Biol., April 8, 1999.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-170.png)
![166PRELIMINARYAdditional Health and Safety Information4. Hardell, L, Nasman, A, Pahlson, A, Hallquist, A and Mild, KH. Use of cellular telephones and the risk for brain tumors: a case-control study. Int. J. Oncol., 15: 113-116, 1999.ITC00-010](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-171.png)
![167PRELIMINARYWarrantyWarrantyLimited Warranty for Motorola Personal Communications Products and Accessories Purchased in the United States and CanadaI. What This Warranty CoversDefects in materials and workmanship in the following new “Products” manufactured, sold or certified by Motorola, with which this limited warranty is included in/on the package: (a) wireless cellular telephones, pagers and two-way radios that operate via “Personal Radio Service” (such as Family Radio Service and General Mobile Radio Service), together with software imbedded in any of these products, and (b) subject to the following exceptions, accessories or software sold for use with these products.•Battery Exception. This limited warranty extends only to batteries in which the fully-charged capacity falls below 80% of rated capacity and batteries that leak;•Software Exceptions. This limited warranty extends only to physical defects in the media (such as CD-ROM) that tangibly embodies each copy of any software sold and/or certified by Motorola for use with Products. Software that is not tangibly embodied in media and that is purchased separately from Products (such as software that is downloaded from the internet) comes “as is” and without warranty.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-172.png)
![168PRELIMINARYWarrantyII. What the Period of Coverage IsSubject to the following exceptions, one year from the date the Products are purchased by the first end-user:•90-Day Warranty Exception. The warranty is for 90 days for: (a) any software tangibly embodied in media or (b) any accessories for two-way radios that are covered by this warranty, as described in Section I, above.•Limited Lifetime Warranty Exception. The warranty is a limited lifetime warranty for the lifetime of ownership by the first end-user of the following products, only: (a) decorative covers, including bezel, PhoneWrap™ or case (any model); and (b) ear buds and boom headsets that transmit mono sound through a wire connection (this does not include ear buds or boom headsets that either transmit stereo sound or that are wireless, or both).•Repair/Replacement Exception. The warranty is for the balance of the original warranty or for 90 days from the date returned and delivered to the first end-user, whichever is longer.III. Who is CoveredThis warranty extends to you only if you are the first end-user purchaser.IV. What We Will Do to Correct Warranty ProblemsAt no charge to you, we have the option to repair or replace the Products that do not conform to the warranty, or to refund the Products’ purchase price. We may use functionally equivalent reconditioned/refurbished/pre-owned or new Products or parts. No software updates are provided.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-173.png)
![169PRELIMINARYWarrantyV. How to Get Warranty ServicePLEASE CALL US — DO NOT SHIP: Accessories and software—call the number designated for the product with which they are used.You will receive instructions on how to ship the Products to Motorola or our designated resource. If instructed to ship the Products, you must ship them with freight, duties and insurance prepaid. Regardless of where you are instructed to return the Products, you must include: (a) a copy of your receipt, bill of sale or other comparable proof of purchase; (b) a written description of the problem; (c) the name of your service provider (if this Product requires subscription service); (d) the name and location of the installation facility (if applicable) and, most importantly; (e) your address and telephone number. If requested, you must also return all detachable parts such as antennas, batteries and chargers. RETAIN YOUR ORIGINAL PROOF OF PURCHASE.For Products we ask you ship to us, we will ship repaired or replacement Products at our expense for the freight and insurance, but at your expense for any duties. If additional information is needed, please contact us at the telephone number listed above.USA Canada Cellular 1-800-331-6456 All Products1-800-461-4575 Paging 1-800-548-9954 FRS Radios 1-800-353-2729 TTY (Text Telephone)1-888-390-6456 TTY (Text Telephone)1-888-390-6456](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-174.png)
![170PRELIMINARYWarrantyVI. What This Warranty Does Not Cover• Products that are operated in combination with ancillary or peripheral equipment or software not furnished or otherwise certified by Motorola for use with the Products (“ancillary equipment”), or any damage to the Products or ancillary equipment as a result of such use. Among other things, “ancillary equipment” includes batteries, chargers, adaptors, and power supplies not manufactured or supplied by Motorola. Any of these voids the warranty. •Someone other than Motorola (or its authorized service centers) tests, adjusts, installs, maintains, alters, modifies or services the Products in any way. Any of these voids the warranty.•Rechargeable batteries that: (a) are charged by other than the Motorola-approved battery charger specified for charging such batteries; (b) have any broken seals or show evidence of tampering; (c) are used in equipment other than the Product for which they are specified; or (d) are charged and stored at temperatures greater than 60 degrees centigrade. Any of these voids the warranty.•Products that have: (a) serial numbers or date tags that have been removed, altered or obliterated; (b) board serial numbers that do not match each other, or board serial numbers that do not match the housing; or (c) nonconforming or non-Motorola housings or parts. Any of these voids the warranty.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-175.png)
![171PRELIMINARYWarranty•Defects or damage that result from: (a) use of the Products in a manner that is not normal or customary; (b) improper operation or misuse; (c) accident or neglect such as dropping the Products onto hard surfaces; (d) contact with water, rain, extreme humidity or heavy perspiration; (e) contact with sand, dirt or the like; or (f) contact with extreme heat, or spills of food or liquid.•Physical damage to the surface of the Products, including scratches, cracks or other damage to a display screen, lens or other externally exposed parts.•Failure of Products that is due primarily to any communication service or signal you may subscribe to or use with the Products.•Coil cords that are stretched or that have any broken modular tabs.•Leased Products.Flat-rate repair rates may apply to Products not covered by this warranty. To obtain information about Products needing repairs that are not covered by this warranty, please call the telephone number previously listed. We will provide information on repair availability, rates, methods of payment, where to send the Products, etc.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-176.png)
![172PRELIMINARYWarrantyVII. Some Other LimitationsThis is Motorola’s complete warranty for the Products, and states your exclusive remedies. This warranty is given in lieu of all other express warranties. Implied warranties, including without limitation, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, are given only if specifically required by applicable law. Otherwise, they are specifically excluded. No warranty is made as to coverage, availability, or grade of service provided by the Products, whether through a service provider or otherwise. No warranty is made that the software will meet your requirements or will work in combination with any hardware or applications software products provided by third parties, that the operation of the software products will be uninterrupted or error free, or that all defects in the software products will be corrected. In no event shall Motorola be liable, whether in contract or tort (including negligence) for damages in excess of the purchase price of the Product, or for any indirect, incidental, special or consequential damages of any kind, or loss of revenue or profits, loss of business, loss of information or data, or other financial loss arising out of or in connection with the ability or inability to use the Products, to the full extent these damages may be disclaimed by law.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-177.png)
![173PRELIMINARYWarrantyVIII. Patent and Software ProvisionsAt Motorola’s expense, we will defend you, and pay costs and damages that may be finally awarded against you, to the extent that a lawsuit is based on a claim that the Products directly infringe a United States patent. Our obligation is conditioned on: (a) you notifying us promptly in writing when you receive notice of the claim; (b) you giving us sole control of the defense of the suit and all negotiations for its settlement or compromise; and (c) should the Products become, or in Motorola's opinion be likely to become, the subject of a claim of infringement of a United States patent, you permit us, at our option and expense, either to: procure for you the right to continue using the Products; replace or modify them so that they become non-infringing; or grant you a credit for such Products, as depreciated, and accept their return. The depreciation will be an equal amount per year over the lifetime of the Products, as established by Motorola.Motorola will have no liability to you with respect to any claim of patent infringement that is based upon the combination of the Products or parts furnished under this limited warranty with ancillary equipment, as defined in VI., above.This is Motorola’s entire liability with respect to infringement of patents by the Products. IX. State Law and Other Jurisdiction RightsSome states and other jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, or limitation on the length of an implied warranty, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-178.png)
![174PRELIMINARYWarrantyThis warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights, which vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.To obtain information on Motorola Personal Communications Products, including warranty service, accessories and optional Extended Warranties on selected Products, please call:Accessories and software—call the telephone number designated above for the product with which they are used.DO NOT SHIP PRODUCTS TO THESE ADDRESSES — INSTEAD PLEASE CALL. To correspond with Motorola about Products, please write us at: http://www.motorola.com or at:ITC01-078USA Canada Cellular 1-800-331-6456 All Products1-800-461-4575 Paging 1-800-548-9954 FRS Radios 1-800-353-2729 TTY (Text Telephone)1-888-390-6456 TTY (Text Telephone)1-888-390-6456 In the USA: In Canada: Motorola, Inc. Motorola Canada Limited600 North U.S. Highway 45 5875 Whittle RoadLibertyville, IL 60048 Mississauga, ON L4Z 2H4](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-179.png)
![175PRELIMINARYProduct RegistrationProduct RegistrationOnline Product Registration:http://www.motorola.com/warrantyProduct registration is an important step toward enjoying your new Motorola product. Registering helps us facilitate warranty service, and permits us to contact you should your product require an update or other service. Registration is for U.S. residents only and is not required for warranty coverage.Please retain your original dated sales receipt for your records. For warranty service of your Motorola Personal Communications Product you will need to provide a copy of your dated sales receipt to confirm warranty status.Thank you for choosing a Motorola product.Export Law AssurancesThis product is controlled under the export regulations of the United States of America and Canada. The Governments of the United States of America and Canada may restrict the exportation or re-exportation of this product to certain destinations. For further information contact the U.S. Department of Commerce or the Canadian Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-180.png)
![176PRELIMINARYIndexIndexAaccessoriesoptional 10, 80, 109, 126, 128, 131standard 18accessory connector port 1Add Digits feature 64alertcreating 97–102defined 95downloading a sound file 114–115reminders, turning on/off 103selecting 96setting sound file as ring tone 90storing a sound file 89–90analog signal indicatordefined 24illustration 23animation 59antenna 1application, locking 56appointments. See datebookAttach Number feature 32, 64auto PIN dial 58automatic redialturning on/off 58using 28–29Bbacklight 59batterycar kit charger time 130charging 19–20extending battery life 26–27, 59, 148installing 18–19level indicator 20, 23, 24meter 55battery save 59blackjack 120–121block cursor, defined 40browse text mode 41browser alerts 52browser. See micro-browser](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-181.png)
![177PRELIMINARYIndexCcalculator 116–118calendar. See datebookcalladding digits after phone number 64alert, creating 97–102alert, selecting 96answer options 56answering 22call waiting 35calling card 33canceling 30data call 133–136datebook, opening 36deleting 63–64dialed calls list 34, 36, 63–64dialing 21dialing a recent call 63–64emergency number 30ending 22ignoring 30in-call timer 55–56incoming call type, setting 135–136message center, accessing 36muting 36placing 21call (continued)prefix digits, inserting 32privacy 29, 141received calls list 34, 36, 63–64receiving 22recent calls 63–64restricting 140–141ring style, setting 95secure connection 29, 141sending 21speakerphone, activating 36storing 63–64terminating 30three-way call 35timing 65–66unanswered call 29voice dial 34Call Failed message 28call timersdescribed 65–66resetting 66viewing 66call waiting 35caller ID 29, 30calling card call 33calling line identification. See caller ID](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-182.png)
![178PRELIMINARYIndexcar kitautomatic answer 128automatic hands-free 129charger time 130power-off delay 129clockdefined 24illustration 23codeschanging 137–138default 21, 137if you forget a code/password 138computerconnecting to phone 131–133contrast, display 60currency converter 118cursor 40customer service, calling 51customizing the menu 125Ddata callconnecting to external device 131–133incoming call format, setting 135–136receiving 134–136data call (continued)sending 133–134date, setting 58datebookadding an event 77alarm 77calendar 75changing event information 77copying an event 78day view 76deleting an event 79event reminders, turning on/off 103event view 76reminders 77week view 75Datebook Menu 75, 76deleting a call 63–64dialed calls list 34, 36, 63–64dialing a number 21Dialing Menu 32, 65digital signal indicatordefined 24illustration 23displayanimation 59backlight 59contrast 60described 23–25greeting 58](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-183.png)
![179PRELIMINARYIndexdisplay (continued)idle display 23illustration 23language 59zoom setting 25, 59drafts folder 53DTMF tones 36, 60, 64, 148Eearpieceillustration 1volume, adjusting 25email address, storing in phonebook 68–70email, sending 71–72, 91–93emergency number 30end keyfunctions 1, 22menu functions 37ending a call 22Enter Unlock Code message 138, 140Entry Method menu 46event alert 96exchange rate, calculating 118external deviceconnecting to phone 131–133Ffactory settings, resetting 60–61falling numbers 122flashing cursor, defined 40FM Stereo Radio Headset 51, 80–82Ggames 119–124greeting, display 58Hhands-free modeautomatic answer 128automatic call routing 129charger time 130defined 128power-off delay 129speakerphone, activating 36headsetautomatic answer 128FM Stereo Radio Headset 51, 80–82headset jack 1high-security connection 29, 141](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-184.png)
![180PRELIMINARYIndexIidle display, defined 23ignoring a call 30in use indicatordefined 24illustration 23inbox, text message 85–86in-call timer 55–56incoming callcanceling 30ignoring 30terminating 30type, setting 135–136Incoming Call message 29indicatorsbattery level 20, 23, 24digital/analog signal 23, 24in use 23, 24loud ring style 25, 95menu 23, 24message waiting 23, 24, 87missed call 30ring and vibrate ring style 25, 95ring style 23, 25, 95roam 23, 24signal strength 23, 24silent alert 25indicators (continued)silent ring style 25, 95soft ring style 25, 95vibrate ring style 25, 95voice message waiting 23, 24, 84voice name 67iTAP software 46–49Kkeyend 1, 22, 37left soft key 1, 23, 37, 125lock 56, 140menu 1, 10, 23, 24, 37power 1, 20right soft key 1, 23, 37, 125scroll 1, 37send 1, 21, 22voice 1, 71, 107volume control 1, 25keypadanswering calls 56locking and unlocking 56, 140volume, setting 97Llanguage, setting 59Last Calls Menu 64](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-185.png)
![181PRELIMINARYIndexleft soft keycustomizing 125functions 1, 23, 37Line Not Secure message 29lockapplications 56keypad 56, 140phone 139–140voice notes 111lock application feature 56loud ring style indicator 25, 95Low Battery message 24Mmaking a call 21master clear 61master reset 60Memory is Full! message 87menuBrowser Menu 114customizing 125Datebook Menu 75, 76Dialing Menu 32, 65entering text 39–40, 41–49Entry Method menu 46features 50–62language, setting 59Last Calls Menu 64menu (continued)lists 38locking applications 56My Tones Menu 101, 102navigating 10, 37Phonebook Menu 67Quick Note Menu 93–94rearranging features 125scroll feature 59Text Msg Menu 88–89using features 10, 38–40Voice Notes Menu 108, 109, 110menu indicatordefined 23, 24illustration 23menu key 1, 10, 23, 24, 37messagebrowser alert 52deleting, text 87–89dialing number from 32drafts folder 53inbox setup, text message 85–86locking, text 87–89outbox 52, 94quick note 93–94reading, text 87–89receiving, text 86–87](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-186.png)
![182PRELIMINARYIndexmessage (continued)reminders, receiving 84, 87reminders, turning on/off 103sending 32, 91–93sound, storing 89–90status 94text 85–94voicemail 83–84message waiting indicatordefined 24displayed 87illustration 23micro-browserbrowser alerts 52sound, downloading 114–115using 113–114microphone 1missed call indicator 30Missed Call message 30missed call, dialing 34muting a call 36my telephone number 22, 36, 54my tones 97–102My Tones Menu 101, 102Nnetwork settings 61notepaddefined 64entering digits 64retrieving digits 64number, viewing your own 22, 54numeric text mode 41Oone-touch dialdefined 31using 31voicemail number 31optional accessory, defined 10optional feature, defined 10outbox 52, 94Ppasswords. See codespause character 33phoneanswer options 56codes 137–138connecting to external device 131–133erase user-entered information 61](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-187.png)
![183PRELIMINARYIndexphone (continued)feature specifications 36, 55information 36keypad, locking and unlocking 56, 140locking 139–140muting a call 36reset all options 60secure connection 29, 141security code 137specifications 36, 55turning on/off 20unlock code 21, 137, 138unlocking 21, 139–140voice dial 34phone numberactive phone line, changing 54adding digits after 64attaching to prefix digits 32attaching two numbers 64redialing 28sending text message to 32storing in phonebook 68–70phone number (continued)viewing your own 22, 36, 54voice dial 34phonebookattaching two numbers 64capacity, checking 73deleting an entry 72dialing a number 71–72editing an entry 72email address 67entry name 67fields 67number type indicator 67one-touch dial 31phone number 67prefix digits, inserting 32ringer ID, activating/deactivating 96–97ringer ID, defined 69, 96ringer ID, setting 69sending an email 71–72sorting entries 73speed dial number 67, 69speed dial number, defined 31speed dial, using 31](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-188.png)
![184PRELIMINARYIndexphonebook (continued)storing an entry 68–70voice name entry 70–71voice name indicator 67Phonebook Menu 67PIN code, dialing automatically 58power key 1, 20predictive text entry 46–49privacy, call 29, 141Qquick dialchanging number(s) 58using 51quick note 93–94defined 85Rradio 80–82received calls list 34, 36, 63–64receiving a call 22recent calls 63–64redialautomatic redial 28–29busy number 28remindersdatebook 77defined 103text message 87turning on/off 103reminders (continued)voicemail message 84restricting calls 140–141right soft keycustomizing 125functions 1, 23, 37ring alertcreating ??–102selecting 96ring and vibrate ring styleindicator 25, 95ring stylecustomizing 96–97defined 95indicators 25, 95setting 95ring style indicatordefined 25, 95illustration 23ring tone, setting sound file as 90ringervolume, adjusting 25volume, setting 97ringer IDactivating/deactivating 96–97defined 69, 96listed in phonebook entry 67setting for phonebook entry 69](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-189.png)
![185PRELIMINARYIndexroam indicatordefined 24illustration 23Sscroll feature 59scroll keys 1, 37secure connection 29, 141security codechanging 137–138send key 1, 21, 22sending a call 21short message service. See text messageshortcutscreating 104–105standard 104using 106signal strength indicatordefined 24illustration 23silent alert indicator 25silent ring style indicator 25, 95SMS. See text messagesoft keyscustomizing 125functions 23, 37illustration 1soft ring style indicator 25, 95sounddownloading 114–115setting as ring tone 90storing a sound file 89–90speakerphone, activating 36speed dialchanging number 69number, defined 31sorting phonebook entries by 73using 31standby time, increasing 27storing a call 63–64symbol text mode 45–46symbols, entering 45–46TTalk Secure feature 29, 141tap method text entry 42–44telephone number, viewing your own 22, 54textblock cursor 40browse mode 41character chart 44entering from keypad 41–49](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-190.png)
![186PRELIMINARYIndextext (continued)entry mode, changing 41flashing cursor 40iTAP software predictive text entry 46–49numeric mode 41symbol chart 45symbol mode 45–46tap method 42–44text messagedefined 85deleting 87–89dialing number from 32drafts folder 53inbox setup 85–86locking 87–89outbox 52quick note 93–94reading 87–89receiving 86–87reminders 87sending 32, 91–93sound, storing 89–90status 94text mode, changing 41Text Msg Menu 88–89three-way call 35time, setting 58timersdescribed 65–66resetting 66viewing 66travel charger, using 20TTY device 126–127Uunlockkeypad 56, 140phone 139–140unlock code 138bypassing 138changing 137–138entering 21, 139, 140Vvibrate alertselecting 96vibrate ring styleindicator 25, 95setting 95video poker 122–124voice dialdialing a number 34, 72recording voice name 70–71sending an email 72](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-191.png)
![187PRELIMINARYIndexvoice keydialing a number 34functions 1recording a voice name 71recording a voice note 107voice message waiting indicator 23, 24, 84voice namedefined 70phonebook indicator 67recording 70–71voice notes 107–112Voice Notes Menu 108voice shortcutcreating 104–105defined 104using 106voicemaildialing with one-touch dial 31listening to message(s) 84number, storing 83receiving 84reminders, turning on/off 103volumeearpiece 25keypad 97ringer 25, 97volume keys 1, 25Wwait character 33warranty 167–174Web pages 113–114Zzoom setting 25, 59 U.S. patent Re. 34,976](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-192.png)
![188PRELIMINARYIndex](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-193.png)
![✂PRELIMINARY189Wireless Phone Safety Tips“Safety is your most important call!”Your Motorola wireless telephone gives youthe powerful ability to communicate by voice—almost anywhere, anytime, wherever wirelessphone service is available and safe conditions allow. But an important responsibility accompanies the benefits of wireless phones, one that every user must uphold. When driving a car, driving is your firstresponsibility. If you find it necessary to use your wireless phone while behind the wheel of a car, practice good common sense and remember the following tips:1 Get to know your Motorola wireless phone and its features such as speed dial and redial. If available, these features help you to place your call without taking your attention off the road.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-194.png)
![190PRELIMINARY2 When available, use a hands-free device. If possible, add an additional layer of convenience to your wireless phone with one of the many Motorola Original™ hands-free accessories available today.3 Position your wireless phone within easy reach. Be able to access your wireless phone without removing your eyes from the road. If you receive an incoming call at an inconvenient time, if possible, let your voice mail answer it for you.4 Let the person you are speaking with know you are driving; if necessary, suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditions. Rain, sleet, snow, ice, and even heavy traffic can be hazardous.5 If you receive an incoming call at an inconvenient time do not take notes or look up phone numbers while driving. Jotting down a “to do” list or going through your address book takes attention away from your primary responsibility—driving safely.6 Dial sensibly and assess the traffic; if possible, place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic. Try to plan calls when your car will be stationary. If you need to make a call while moving, dial only a few numbers, check the road and your mirrors, then continue.7 Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may be distracting. Make people you are talking with aware you are driving and suspend conversations which have the potential to divert your attention away from the road.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-195.png)
![191PRELIMINARY8 Use your wireless phone to call for help. Dial 9-1-1 or other local emergency number in the case of fire, traffic accident or medical emergencies.*9 Use your wireless phone to help others in emergencies. If you see an auto accident, crime in progress or other serious emergency where lives are in danger, call 9-1-1 or other local emergency number, as you would want others to do for you.*10 Call roadside assistance or a special non-emergency wireless assistance number when necessary. If you see a broken-down vehicle posing no serious hazard, a broken traffic signal, a minor traffic accident where no one appears injured, or a vehicle you know to be stolen, call roadside assistance or other special non-emergency wireless number.** Wherever wireless phone service is available.](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-196.png)
![192PRELIMINARYCheck the laws and regulations on the use of wireless telephones and their accessories in the areas where you drive. Always obey them. The use of these devices may be prohibited or restricted in certain areas.For more information,please call1-888-901-SAFEor visit theCTIA Web site atwww.wow-com.com™ITC00-011](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-197.png)
![1 Welcome Welcome to the world of Motorola digital wireless communications! We are pleased that you have chosen the Motorola V70 wireless phone.EarpieceHeadset JackInsert headset accessory for hands-free use.Volume KeyAdjust earpieceand ringer volume.DisplayAccessory Connector PortInsert charger and phone accessories. Right Soft KeyPerform functions identified by right display prompt.Menu KeyPower/End KeyPress & hold to power phone on & off.Press & release to end phone calls,exit menu system.Send KeySend and answer calls, view recent dialed calls list.Navigation KeysScroll throughmenus and lists,set feature values.Left Soft KeyPerform functions identified by left display prompt.Microphone User.Guide.GSM.book Page 1 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-198.png)
![2 Personal Communications Sector600 North U.S. Highway 45Libertyville, Illinois 600481-800-331-6456 (United States)1-888-390-6456 (TTY/TDD United States)1-800-461-4575 (Canada) www.motorola.com (United States) www.motorola.ca (Canada)MOTOROLA, the Stylized M Logo and all other trademarks indicated as such herein are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. ® Reg. U.S. Pat. & Tm. Off. TrueSync, Sidekick, Starfish and the Stylized Starfish Logo are registered trademarks of Starfish Software, Inc., a wholly owned independent subsidiary of Motorola, Inc. All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners.© 2001 Motorola, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A. Software Copyright Notice The Motorola products described in this manual may include copyrighted Motorola and third party software stored in semiconductor memories or other media. Laws in the United States and other countries preserve for Motorola and third party software providers certain exclusive rights for copyrighted software, such as the exclusive rights to distribute or reproduce the copyrighted software. Accordingly, any copyrighted software contained in the Motorola products may not be modified, reverse-engineered, distributed, or reproduced in any manner to the extent allowed by law. Furthermore, the purchase of the Motorola products shall not be deemed to grant either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license under the copyrights, patents, or patent applications of Motorola or any third party software provider, except for the normal, non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use that arises by operation of law in the sale of a product. Manual number: Cover number: User.Guide.GSM.book Page 2 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-199.png)
![✂ 3 Menu MapMain Menu• Recent Calls• Received Calls• Dialed Calls• Notepad• Call Times• Call Cost• Service Dial• Fixed Dial• Phonebook• Datebook• Quick Dial• Messages• Voicemail• Text Msgs• Browser Alerts• Info Services• Quick Notes• Outbox• Drafts• Shortcuts• Voice Dial• SIM Applications• Browser• Calculator• Games• Settings(see next page)Note: This is the standard phone menu layout. You or your service provider may have changed the menu layout or changed some feature names. Not all features may be available for all users.ShortcutsChange display zoom:Press M, then press and hold MDisplay my phone number:Press M #Go to dialed calls list:Press NExit menu system:Press O User.Guide.GSM.book Page 3 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-200.png)
![✂ 4Settings Menu• Ring/Vibrate• Alert•Alert Detail• My Tones• Call Forward• Voice Calls• Fax Calls• Data Calls• Cancel All• Forward Status• Phone Status• My Tel. Numbers• Credit Info/Available• Active Line• Battery Meter• Other Information• Browser Setup• In-Call Setup• In-Call Timer• Call Cost Setup• My Caller ID• Talk and Fax• Answer Options• Call Waiting• Security• Phone Lock• Lock Application• Fixed Dial• Call Barring• SIM Pin• New Passwords• Other Settings• Personalize• Main Menu• Keys• Greeting• Quick Dial• Initial Setup• Time and Date• 1-Touch Dial• Backlight• Zoom• Scroll• Animation• Language• Battery Save• Contrast• DTMF• Master Reset• Master Clear• Network• Car Settings• Headset User.Guide.GSM.book Page 4 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-201.png)
![5 Contents Menu Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 About This Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Safety and General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19What’s in the Box? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Installing the SIM Card and Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Charging the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Turning Your Phone On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Sending a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Ending a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Receiving a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Displaying Your Phone Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 About Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Changing the Zoom Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Adjusting Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Battery Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Sending and Receiving Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Redialing a Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Using Automatic Redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Line Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Returning an Unanswered Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Dialing an Emergency Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Entering Numbers in the Notepad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Terminating an Incoming Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Dialing With Speed Dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Dialing With 1-Touch Dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 User.Guide.GSM.book Page 5 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-202.png)
![Contents 6 Dialing a Number in a Text Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Additional Dialing Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Using Features While On a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Using Call Waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Making a Conference Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Transferring a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Additional On-Call Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Using the Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Navigating to a Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Selecting a Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Entering Feature Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Entering Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Choosing a Text Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Tap Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Symbol Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Predictive Text Entry with iTAP™ Software . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Menu Feature Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Recent Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Viewing the Received Calls or Dialed Calls List . . . . . . . . . 79Using the Notepad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Viewing and Resetting Call Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Viewing and Resetting Call Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Fields in a Phonebook Entry Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Storing a Phonebook Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Recording a Voice Name For a Phonebook Entry . . . . . . . . 91Dialing a Phonebook Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Editing a Phonebook Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Deleting a Phonebook Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 User.Guide.GSM.book Page 6 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-203.png)
![7 Contents Copying Phonebook Entries Between the Phone and SIM Card 95Checking Phonebook Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Synchronizing with TrueSync Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Setting Up the Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Datebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Week View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Day View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Event View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Storing a New Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Changing Event Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Copying an Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Deleting an Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Turning the Radio On and Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Tuning a Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Storing a Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Selecting a Preset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Sending and Receiving Calls With the Radio On . . . . . . . 109 Messages—Voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Storing Your Voicemail Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Receiving a New Voicemail Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Listening to a Voicemail Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Messages—Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Setting Up the Text Message Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Receiving a Text Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Reading, Locking, or Deleting a Text Message . . . . . . . . . 115Sending a Text Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Viewing the Status of Sent Text Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 119 User.Guide.GSM.book Page 7 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-204.png)
![Contents 8 Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Standard Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120User-Settable Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Creating a Shortcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Using Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Micro-Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Starting a Micro-Browser Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Interacting With Web Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Calculating Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Converting Currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Selecting and Starting a New Game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Ending a Game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Playing a Game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Adjusting Your Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Ring/Vibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Call Forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Reordering Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Customizing a Soft Key Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Hands-Free Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Data and Fax Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Connecting Your Phone to an External Device . . . . . . . . 149Sending a Data or Fax Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Receiving a Data or Fax Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Sending a Talk then Fax Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Assigning a New Code or Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 User.Guide.GSM.book Page 8 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-205.png)
![9 Contents If You Forget a Code or Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Locking and Unlocking Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Barring Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Protecting the SIM Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Product Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Export Law Assurances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Specific Absorption Rate Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Wireless Phone Safety Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 User.Guide.GSM.book Page 9 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-206.png)
![10 About This Guide Using Your Phone’s Features This user guide introduces you to the many features in your Motorola V70 phone. A reference guide for your phone is also available that explains the phone’s features in more detail. To obtain a copy of the reference guide or another copy of this user guide, see the Motorola Web site at: http://motorola.com/consumer/manuals (United States) http://www.motorola.ca/manuals (Canada)or contact the Motorola Customer Call Center at 1-800-331-6456 in the United States or 1-800-461-4575 in Canada. Navigating To a Menu Feature You can access many of your phone’s features through the menu system. This guide shows you how to navigate to a specific menu feature as follows:The > symbol means that you should scroll to and select the feature. This example shows that you must press M , scroll to and select Recent Calls , then scroll to and select Dialed Calls to view the dialed calls list. Find the FeatureM > Recent Calls > Dialed Calls User.Guide.GSM.book Page 10 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-207.png)
![11 About This Guide Optional Features Features marked with this label are optional network, SIM card, and/or subscription-dependent features. These features may not be offered by all service providers in all geographical areas. Contact your service provider for information about availability. Optional Accessories Features marked with this label require the use of an optional Motorola Original™ accessory. User.Guide.GSM.book Page 11 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-208.png)
![12 Safety and General Information IMPORTANT INFORMATION ON SAFE AND EFFICIENT OPERATION. READ THIS INFORMATION BEFORE USING YOUR PHONE. RF Operational Characteristics Your phone contains a transmitter and a receiver. When it is ON, it receives and transmits radio frequency (RF) energy. The phone operates in the frequency range of xx through xx.When you communicate with your phone, the system handling your call controls the power levels at which your phone transmits. The output power level typically may vary over a range from xx watts to xx watts in analog mode and xx watts to xx watts in digital mode. Exposure To Radio Frequency Energy Your Motorola phone is designed to comply with the following national and international standards and guidelines regarding exposure of human beings to radio frequency electromagnetic energy (EME):• United States Federal Communications Commission, Code of Regulations; 47 CFR part 2 sub-part J• American National Standards Institute (ANSI) / Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) C95. 1-1992• Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) C95.1-1999 Edition User.Guide.GSM.book Page 12 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-209.png)
![13 Safety and General Information • National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP) of the United States, Report 86, 1986• International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) 1998• Ministry of Health (Canada) Safety Code 6. Limits of Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields in the Frequency Range from 3 kHz to 300 GHz, 1999• Australian Communications Authority Radiocommunications (Electromagnetic Radiation-Human Exposure) Standard 1999To assure optimal phone performance and make sure human exposure to radio frequency electromagnetic energy is within the guidelines set forth in the above standards, always adhere to the following procedures: Portable Phone Operation and EME Exposure Antenna Care Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenna. Unauthorized antennas, modifications, or attachments could damage the phone and may violate FCC regulations. Do NOT hold the antenna when the phone is in use. Holding the antenna affects call quality and may cause the phone to operate at a higher power level than needed. User.Guide.GSM.book Page 13 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-210.png)
![Safety and General Information 14 Phone Operation When placing or receiving a phone call, hold your phone as you would a wireline telephone. Speak directly into the microphone. Body-Worn OperationTo maintain compliance with FCC/Health Canada RF exposure guidelines, if you wear a phone on your body when transmitting, always place the phone in a Motorola-supplied or approved clip, holder, holster, case, or body harness for this product. Use of non-Motorola-approved accessories may exceed FCC/Health Canada RF exposure guidelines. If you do not use a body-worn accessory, and are not holding the phone in the normal use position at the ear, ensure the phone and its antenna are at least one inch (2.5 centimeters) from your body when transmitting.Data OperationWhen using any data feature of the phone, with or without an accessory cable, position the phone and its antenna at least one inch (2.5 centimeters) from your body.Approved AccessoriesFor a list of approved Motorola accessories, visit our website at www.motorola.com.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 14 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-211.png)
![15Safety and General Information Electromagnetic Interference/CompatibilityNote: Nearly every electronic device is susceptible to electromagnetic interference (EMI) if inadequately shielded, designed, or otherwise configured for electromagnetic compatibility.FacilitiesTo avoid electromagnetic interference and/or compatibility conflicts, turn off your phone in any facility where posted notices instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that is sensitive to external RF energy.AircraftWhen instructed to do so, turn off your phone when on board an aircraft. Any use of a phone must be in accordance with applicable regulations per airline crew instructions.Medical DevicesPacemakersThe Advanced Medical Technology Association recommends that a minimum separation of 6 inches (15 centimeters) be maintained between a handheld wireless phone and a pacemaker. These recommendations are consistent with the independent research by, and recommendations of, the United States Food and Drug Administration.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 15 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-212.png)
![Safety and General Information16Persons with pacemakers should:• ALWAYS keep the phone more than six inches (15 centimeters) from your pacemaker when the phone is turned ON.• NOT carry the phone in the breast pocket.• use the ear opposite the pacemaker to minimize the potential for interference.• turn OFF the phone immediately if you have any reason to suspect that interference is taking place.Hearing AidsSome digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interference, you may want to consult your hearing aid manufacturer to discuss alternatives.Other Medical DevicesIf you use any other personal medical device, consult the manufacturer of your device to determine if it is adequately shielded from RF energy. Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining this information.Safety and GeneralUse While DrivingCheck the laws and regulations on the use of phones in the area where you drive. Always obey them.When using your phone while driving, please:User.Guide.GSM.book Page 16 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-213.png)
![17Safety and General Information • give full attention to driving and to the road.• use hands-free operation, if available.• pull off the road and park before making or answering a call if driving conditions so require.Operational WarningsFor Vehicles With an Air BagDo not place a portable phone in the area over an air bag or in the air bag deployment area. Air bags inflate with great force. If a portable phone is placed in the air bag deployment area and the air bag inflates, the phone may be propelled with great force and cause serious injury to occupants of the vehicle.Potentially Explosive AtmospheresTurn off your phone prior to entering any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere, unless the phone is a model specifically identified as being “Intrinsically Safe.” Do not remove, install, or charge batteries in such areas. Sparks in a potentially explosive atmosphere can cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death.Note: The areas with potentially explosive atmospheres referred to above include fueling areas such as below decks on boats, fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities, areas where the air contains chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or metal powders, and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Areas with potentially explosive atmospheres are often but not always posted.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 17 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-214.png)
![Safety and General Information18Blasting Caps and AreasTo avoid possible interference with blasting operations, turn OFF your phone when you are near electrical blasting caps, in a blasting area, or in areas posted: “Turn off two-way radio.” Obey all signs and instructions.Operational CautionsAntennasDo not use any portable phone that has a damaged antenna. If a damaged antenna comes into contact with your skin, a minor burn can result.BatteriesAll batteries can cause property damage and/or bodily injury such as burns if a conductive material such as jewelry, keys, or beaded chains touches exposed terminals. The conductive material may complete an electrical circuit (short circuit) and become quite hot. Exercise care in handling any charged battery, particularly when placing it inside a pocket, purse, or other container with metal objects.ITC01-076User.Guide.GSM.book Page 18 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-215.png)
![19Getting StartedWhat’s in the Box?Your digital wireless phone typically comes equipped with a battery and a charger. Other accessory options can customize your phone for maximum performance and portability.To purchase Motorola Original™ accessories, please contact the Motorola Customer Call Center at 1-800-331-6456 in the United States or 1-800-461-4575 in Canada.Installing the SIM Card and BatteryBefore you can use your phone, you need to install and charge the battery.Your phone is designed to be used only with Motorola Original batteries and accessories. We recommend that you store batteries in their protective cases when not in use.Your SIM (Subscriber Identity Module) card contains your phone number, service details, and phonebook/message memory. It must be installed in the base of the phone.Caution: Do not bend or scratch your SIM card. Avoid exposing your SIM card to static electricity, water, or dirt.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 19 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-216.png)
![Getting Started20Step1Remove the back cover of the phone:aWhile pressing the release button at the bottom of the cover, slide the cover downward.bPull the cover away from the base. User.Guide.GSM.book Page 20 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-217.png)
![21Getting Started 2Insert the SIM card, with the notch at the upper right and the gold plate downward, into the SIM slot (located above the battery compartment).When the SIM card is properly positioned, the battery compartment terminals are visible. 3Install the battery by inserting the tabs at the base of the battery into the slots at the bottom of the battery compartment. 4Push the battery down and snap it into place. 5Re-install the back cover by aligning the cover about 1/2 inch down on base and fitting the cover onto the base. StepabUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 21 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-218.png)
![Getting Started22Charging the BatteryNew batteries are shipped partially charged. Before you can use your phone, you need to install and charge the battery, as indicated by the following instructions. Some batteries perform best after several full charge/discharge cycles.6Push down on the cover while sliding it upward into position.Step1Plug the travel charger into the phone with the release tabs facing up.2Plug the other end of the travel charger into the appropriate electrical outlet.3When your phone indicates that the battery is fully charged (Charge Complete), press the release tab and remove the travel charger.StepUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 22 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-219.png)
![23Getting Started Note: When you charge the battery, the battery level indicator in the upper right corner of the display shows how much of the charging process is complete. See the “Battery Level Indicator” item on page 29.Turning Your Phone OnStep Result1Open your phoneexpose the keypad2Press and hold O (the End/Power key)turn on your phoneEnd/Power KeyUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 23 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-220.png)
![Getting Started243If necessary, enter your SIM card PIN code and press OK (J)unlock your SIM cardCaution: If you enter an incorrect PIN code three times in a row, your SIM card is disabled and your phone displays the message SIM Blocked. (For more information, see “Protecting the SIM Card” on page 158.)4If necessary, enter your four-digit unlock code and press OK (J)unlock your phoneThe unlock code is originally set to 1234. (For more information, see “Locking and Unlocking Your Phone” on page 155.)Step ResultUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 24 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-221.png)
![25Getting Started Sending a CallTo call a number, your phone:• must be rotated completely open to expose the keypad• must be turned on• must have a SIM card inserted and unlocked• must have a network connection with adequate signal strengthNote: You can make an emergency call even when the phone is locked, or when a SIM card is not inserted. See “Dialing an Emergency Number” on page 38.Ending a CallPress To1keypad keys dial the phone number (up to 32 digits)Tip: If you make a mistake, press DELETE (L) to delete the last digit, or press and hold DELETE (L) to clear all digits.2N (send key) send the callPress ToO (end key) end the callUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 25 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-222.png)
![Getting Started26Receiving a CallTo receive a call, your phone:• must be rotated completely open to expose the keypad or have a headset (an optional accessory) plugged in• must be turned on• must have a SIM card inserted and unlocked• must have a network connection with adequate signal strengthIf your phone is locked, you must unlock it to answer the call.Note: Your phone cannot receive calls when your SIM card is locked.When you receive a call, your phone rings and/or vibrates and displays an incoming call message.Displaying Your Phone NumberFrom the idle display:Note: Your phone number must be programmed on your SIM card in order to use this feature.Press ToN or ANSWER (J) answer the callPress ToM #see your phone numberUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 26 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-223.png)
![27About Your PhoneSee page 1 for a diagram of your phone that describes basic phone components.DisplayThe top section of the display shows phone status indicators. The following illustration shows some of the common indicators that you may see at the top of the display when using your phone.Messages, phone numbers, and menu options appear in the middle of the display. Text labels at the bottom corners of the display show the current soft key functions. A M (menu) indicator in the bottom center of the display indicates that you can open the main menu or a feature sub-menu to see more options. For more information about the soft key and menu key labels, see “Using the Menu” on page 49.Some of the phone functions described in this guide must be performed from the idle display. The term idle display refers to the standard display that you see when your phone is on and ready to use, when you are not on a call or using the menu system.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 27 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-224.png)
![About Your Phone28➊ Signal Strength Indicator Shows the strength of your phone’s connection with the network.You cannot send or receive calls when the “no signal” indicator is displayed.➋ In Use Indicator Appears when a call is in progress.➌ Roam Indicator Appears when your phone uses another network system outside your home network. When you leave your home network area, your phone roams or seeks another network.Strong 5 4 3 2 1 j No signal ÄAlert Setting Indicator➊Signal Strength Indicator➓Clock➏BatteryLevel Indicator➋In Use Indicator➌Roam Indicator➍Message Waiting Indicator➎Voice MessageWaiting Indicator➑GPRS Indicators5O,=&Ew12:00 amGPRSePé➐Activelineindicator➒Menu IndicatorUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 28 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-225.png)
![29About Your Phone ➍ Message Waiting Indicator Appears when your phone receives a text message.➎ Voice Message Waiting Indicator Appears when you receive a voicemail message.➏ Battery Level Indicator Shows the amount of charge left in your battery. The more segments visible, the greater the charge.Recharge your battery as soon as possible when you see the Low Battery warning message.Note: When you charge the battery, the battery level indicator instead shows how much of the charging process is complete. See “Charging the Battery” on page 22.➐ Active Line Indicator When you use a SIM card that supports dual phone lines, this indicator shows the current active phone line. See the “Active Line”option on page 69.➑ GPRS Indicators Indicate that a GPRS packet data connection is active. This type of connection may be used by your service provider to allow faster data transfer speeds. The GPRS indicators do not mean that you are in a call; they simply indicates that you are registered on the network via a GPRS connection.High ED C B Empty User.Guide.GSM.book Page 29 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-226.png)
![About Your Phone30➒ Menu Indicator Indicates that you can press M to open a menu. See “Using the Menu” on page 49.➓ Clock Shows the current time.Ä Alert Setting Indicator Shows the current selected alert profile. The default alert setting is a ringer.Changing the Zoom SettingYou can set your phone’s display to show either three lines or two lines of text plus soft key labels. Three lines of text display more information, while two lines increase text size.Note: By default, your phone uses two lines to display Chinese characters. When your phone is set to display Chinese characters, the zoom setting is not available.To change the display view, press M once, then press and hold M again within two seconds of the first press.You can also adjust the zoom setting from the menu. See the “Zoom” item on page 75.w Loud ring x Soft ringy Vibrate u Ring and vibratet Silent User.Guide.GSM.book Page 30 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-227.png)
![31About Your Phone Adjusting VolumeYou can adjust your phone’s earpiece and ringer volume:You can increase or decrease volume in two ways:• use only the volume key• use the volume key in combination with the up/down navigation keyTo change keypad volume, see “Customize an Alert Profile” on page 134.When You Can Adjustyou are in a call earpiece speaker volumethe idle display is showing ringer volumeVolumeKeyUp/DownNavigationKeyUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 31 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-228.png)
![About Your Phone32Using Only the Volume KeyThe volume key works in only one direction.Using the Volume Key and the Up/Down Navigation KeyTo Increase Volume To Decrease VolumePress the volume key repeatedly.Each press of the volume key raises the volume one level. If you press and hold the volume key, the volume cycles to the highest level and then stops.Press and hold the volume key until the volume cycles to and stops at the highest level.Release the volume key, then press again. The volume begins at the lowest level and adjusts upward as you continue to press the key.Step Result1Press the volume key onceYour phone displays the volume meter.2Press the up-arrow (on the up/down navigation key)orPress the down-arrow (on the up/down navigation key)Volume increases.Volume decreases.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 32 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-229.png)
![33About Your Phone Battery UseCaution: To prevent injuries or burns, do not allow metal objects to contact or short-circuit the battery terminals.To maximize your battery’s performance:• Always use Motorola Original™ batteries and battery chargers. The phone warranty does not cover damage caused from using non-Motorola batteries and/or battery chargers.• New batteries or batteries that have been stored for long periods of time may require a longer charge time.• Maintain the battery at or near room temperature when charging.• Do not expose batteries to temperatures below -10°C (14°F) or above 45°C (113°F). Always take your phone with you when you leave your vehicle.• When you do not intend to use a battery for a while, store it uncharged in a cool, dark, dry place, such as a refrigerator.• Over extended periods of time, batteries gradually wear down and require longer charging times. This is normal. If you charge your battery regularly and notice a decrease in talk time or an increase in charging time, then it is probably time to purchase a new battery.• The more you talk on the phone or use phone features (like sending text messages), the less standby time your battery has.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 33 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-230.png)
![About Your Phone34The rechargeable batteries that power this product must be disposed of properly and may need to be recycled. Refer to your battery’s label for battery type. Contact your local recycling center for proper disposal methods. Never dispose of batteries in a fire because they may explode.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 34 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-231.png)
![35Sending and Receiving CallsThis chapter describes features related to sending and receiving calls.For information about other call-related features, see “Recent Calls” on page 79 and “Data and Fax Calls” on page 148. For basic instructions on how to send, end, and receive a call, see pages 25–26 of the “Getting Started” section.Note: To send and receive calls, rotate your phone’s cover open. Redialing a NumberYou can redial a previously dialed phone number, whether the call was connected or busy. From the idle display:Using Automatic RedialYou must turn on automatic redial to use this feature. See the “Auto Redial” item on page 75 to turn on automatic redial.If you receive a busy signal, your phone displays Call Failed.Press To1N go directly to the dialed calls list2Kscroll to the entry you want to call3N redial the highlighted numberUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 35 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-232.png)
![Sending and Receiving Calls36When automatic redial is turned on, your phone automatically makes a number of redial attempts until the call goes through. When the call goes through, your phone rings or vibrates one time, displays the message Redial Successful, and then connects the call.When automatic redial is turned off, you can manually activate the feature to redial a phone number. When you hear a busy signal and see the Call Failed message:Caller IDThe calling line identification (caller ID) feature lets you see who is calling before you answer.• If the caller’s name is stored in your phonebook, the phone automatically displays the name. Otherwise, the phone displays the caller’s phone number.• If caller ID information is not available, your phone displays the message Incoming Call.Press ToN or RETRY (J) activate automatic redialUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 36 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-233.png)
![37Sending and Receiving Calls Line SecurityIf your phone displays Line Not Secure while you are on a call, your phone has detected another device monitoring the call. This message does not appear when caller ID, call cost, or other information fills the display.Returning an Unanswered CallYour phone keeps a record of your unanswered calls. When you cannot answer a call, your phone displays:• the T (missed call) indicator• the message X Missed Calls, where X is the total number of missed callsPress To1VIEW (J) see the received calls list, beginning with the most recent call2K scroll through the list and select a call that you want to return3N send the callUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 37 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-234.png)
![Sending and Receiving Calls38Dialing an Emergency NumberYour service provider programs one or more emergency phone numbers (such as 112 or 911) that you can call under any circumstances. You can dial and call the emergency number even when your phone is locked, when you are prompted to enter a code or password, when the SIM card is not inserted in your phone, or when the SIM card is blocked or disabled.Note: Emergency numbers vary by country. Your phone’s emergency number(s) may not work in all locations.To call the emergency number at any time:Entering Numbers in the NotepadYour phone stores the most recent string of digits entered on the keypad in a temporary memory location called the notepad. These digits can be the last phone number that you called, or a phone number that you simply entered but did not call. These digits remain in the notepad even when you turn off the phone.You can use the notepad to store a phone number that you intend to call later (such as a phone number told to you by the other party during a call). To retrieve these digits, see “Using the Notepad” on page 82.Press To1keypad keys dial the emergency number (such as 112)2N call the emergency numberUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 38 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-235.png)
![39Sending and Receiving Calls Terminating an Incoming CallWhile the phone is ringing or vibrating:Depending on your phone settings and the type of subscription you have, the call may be forwarded to another number, or the caller may hear a busy signal.Dialing With Speed DialSpeed dial lets you dial any phonebook entry with a minimal number of keypresses.When you store an entry in your phonebook, it is assigned a unique speed dial number. You can then use the speed dial feature to call the entry.To make an entry in the phonebook or view an existing entry’s speed dial number, see “Storing a Phonebook Entry” on page 88.Press ToO or IGNORE (L) cancel the incoming callPress To1keypad keys enter the one-, two-, or three-digit speed dial number for the entry you want to dial2# submit the number3N call the entryUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 39 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-236.png)
![Sending and Receiving Calls40Dialing With 1-Touch DialYou can call phonebook entries 1 through 9 with the push of a single key. Press and hold the one-digit speed dial number for one second. To store entries in locations 1 through 9 in the phonebook, see “Storing a Phonebook Entry” on page 88.Note: You must specify which phone number list you want to use with this feature: phone memory phonebook, or SIM card phonebook. See “1-Touch Dial Preference” on page 101.Dialing a Number in a Text MessageIf you receive a text message with an embedded phone number, you can dial the number directly.Note: You must set up the text message inbox before you can receive text messages. See “Setting Up the Text Message Inbox” on page 113.If the message contains more than one phone number, press K to scroll to a number, then press SELECT (L) to dial.Find the FeatureM> Messages > Text MsgsPress To1K scroll to the message with the number2M open the Text Msg Menu3K scroll to Call Back4SELECT (J) dial the number in the messageUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 40 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-237.png)
![41Sending and Receiving Calls Additional Dialing FeaturesIn addition to pressing numbers on your keypad, you can insert numbers or characters and send calls in a variety of ways.To dial the local international access code:While dialing (with digits visible in the display):Do This ToPress 0 for two secondsinsert the international access code for the country from which you are dialingDo This ToPress M> Attach Numberattach a number from the phonebook or recent calls list to the end of the digits you enteredPress M> Hide ID/Show IDHide (or show) your caller ID for the next callPress M> Send Messagecreate a text message addressed to the number enteredPress M> Talk Then Faxtalk and then send a fax to the same phone number within the same callUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 41 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-238.png)
![Sending and Receiving Calls42Press M and then scroll to and select one of the following:•Insert Pause(to insert a p)•Insert Wait(to insert a w)•Insert 'n'(to insert an n)insert a special character when making a call that requires you to dial and send additional digits (for example, to make a calling card call, or to retrieve messages from an answering machine):•Pause tells your phone to wait until the call connects before it automatically sends the next digit(s) in a series.•Wait tells your phone to wait until the call connects, and then to prompt you for confirmation before it sends the next digit(s).•'n' tells your phone to prompt you for a number before dialing the call. The number you enter is inserted into the dialing sequence in place of the n character.Do This ToUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 42 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-239.png)
![43Sending and Receiving Calls You can also call numbers using these features:Do This To CallPress V. Dial (L), and say the entry’s name within two secondsa phone number using the voice dial featureSee “Recording a Voice Name For a Phonebook Entry” on page 91.Press M > Service Dial> entry to calla service dial number programmed on the SIM cardPress M > Fixed Dial> entry to calla fixed dial numberPress M > Recent Calls>Received CallsorDialed Calls> entry to calla missed call or a number from a call you recently dialed or received User.Guide.GSM.book Page 43 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-240.png)
![44Using Features While On a CallUsing Call WaitingIf you subscribe to call waiting, an alert tone sounds while you are on a call to indicate that you have received a second call.To put the first call on hold and answer the second call:To end the first call and answer the second call:You must activate call waiting in order to use the feature. See the “Call Waiting” item on page 72 to activate call waiting.Press To1N answer the new call2SWITCH (J)orLINK (L)switch back to the first callNote: You can press SWITCH (J) at any time to switch between calls.connect the two callsPress To1O end the current callYour phone rings to signal the new call.2N answer the new callUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 44 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-241.png)
![45Using Features While On a Call Making a Conference CallTo talk to more than one person on a call, you can make a conference call. Call the first person, call the second person, then link the two calls.Press To1keypad keys dial the first person’s number2N call the number3HOLD (J)(if available)orM > Holdput the first call on holdYour phone displays a l (flashing phone) indicator next to the call on hold.4keypad keys dial the next person’s number5N call the numberYour phone displays a W (active call) indicator next to the new active call.6LINK (L) connect the two calls7O end the entire callUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 45 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-242.png)
![Using Features While On a Call46Transferring a CallWhile you are on a call, you can transfer the call to another phone by first talking to the person who answers the other phone, or by directly transferring the call.Announce the Call TransferYou can talk to the person who answers the other phone before you transfer the call, to tell them whom you are transferring.Find the FeatureM > HoldPress To1keypad keys enter the phone number where you are transferring the call2N dial the phone numberSpeak to the person who answers the target phone.3M open the menu4K scroll to Transfer5SELECT (J) select Transfer6OK (J) confirm the transferYour phone displays the message Transfer: Complete when the call is transferred. You can hang up the phone when you see this message.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 46 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-243.png)
![47Using Features While On a Call Do Not Announce the Call TransferYou can directly transfer a call without talking to the person who answers.Find the FeatureM > TransferPress To1keypad keys enter the phone number where you are transferring the call2N dial the phone numberYour phone displays the message Transfer: Complete when the call is transferred. You can hang up the phone when you see this message.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 47 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-244.png)
![Using Features While On a Call48Additional On-Call FeaturesWhile you are on a call, you can perform the following tasks:Do This ToPress HOLD (J) (if available)orPress M > Holdput a call on holdYour phone displays a l (flashing phone) indicator to indicate that the call is on hold.Press M > My Tel. Numberssee your phone numberPress M > Send Tones send a number to the network as DTMF tones, for credit card calling or password entryTo activate DTMF tones, see the “DTMF” item on page 76User.Guide.GSM.book Page 48 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-245.png)
![49Using the MenuNavigating to a FeatureYou can access many of your phone’s features by using these keys to move through the menu system:Volume KeyAdjust earpieceand ringer volume.Right Soft KeyPerform functions identified by right display prompt.Menu KeyPower/End KeyPress & hold to power phone on & off.Press & release to end phone calls,exit menu system.Send KeySend and answer calls, view recent dialed calls list.Navigation KeysScroll throughmenus and lists,set feature values.Left Soft KeyPerform functions identified by left display prompt.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 49 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-246.png)
![Using the Menu50This guide shows how to navigate to a menu feature as follows:The > symbol means that you should scroll to and select the feature. This example shows that you should press M, scroll to and select Recent Calls, then scroll to and select Dialed Calls to see the dialed calls list.Selecting a FeatureSome features require you to select an item from a list:Select an item by highlighting it using one of these approaches:• Press K to scroll up or down to the item you want.• In a numbered list, press a number key to highlight the item.• In an alphabetized list, press a key multiple times to cycle through the letters on the key and highlight the closest matching list item.Find the FeatureM > Recent Calls> Dialed CallsPress BACK (L)to return to the previous screen.A sub-menu isavailable. PressM to openthe sub-menu.Highlighted itemMPress VIEW (J) to view details of the highlighted item. STORE (J) appears if you canstore the item in your phonebook.Dialed Calls10) John Smith9) Mary SmithBACK VIEWUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 50 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-247.png)
![51Using the Menu Entering Feature InformationFeatures such as the phonebook and datebook require you to enter information to fill in an entry’s details:• Enter numbers or text with the keypad. (See “Entering Text” on page 53.)• When an item has a list of possible values, press * to scroll left or # to scroll right, and select a value.• When an item has a list of possible numeric values, press a number key to set the value.• If you enter or edit information and then decide that you do not want to save your changes, press O to exit without saving.Press CANCEL (L) to exit without making changes. DONE (L) appears when you enter or edit information. PressDONE (L) to save your changes.Press K toscroll downto additionalitems.Press CHANGE (J)to edit the selectedinformation.Highlighted itemEntry DetailsName: John SmithNo.: 2125551212CANCEL M CHANGEUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 51 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-248.png)
![Using the Menu52The message center lets you compose and send text messages. (See “Entering Text” on page 53.) A flashing cursor shows you where the text will appear:When you enter text, the flashing cursor changes to a block cursor, and the soft key functions change:PressBROWSE (J)to view andinsert a name,number, ormessage frompreviouslystoredinformation.Press CANCEL (L)to exit withoutmaking changes.Flashingcursorindicatesinsertionpoint.Press Mto open thesub-menu.Msg:____________________________CANCEL M BROWSE|Press OK (J)to accept andstore the text.Press DELETE (L) to delete the character to theleft of the insertion point.Blockcursorindicatescurrenthighlightedcharacter.After two seconds, the blockcursor reverts to a flashing cursorand moves to the next position.Msg:T___________________________DELETE M OK User.Guide.GSM.book Page 52 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-249.png)
![53 Entering Text Various text entry methods make it easy for you to enter names, numbers, and text messages on your phone.You can enter all characters (letters, numbers, and symbols) using the standard tap method. Other text modes let you easily enter numbers and symbols, or insert text already stored on your phone. Finally, a predictive text mode lets you enter text messages with a minimum of keypresses. Choosing a Text Mode To activate a text mode, press M from any text entry screen and select the text mode from the Entry Method menu: Note: The text mode you select remains active until you change it by selecting another mode. iTAP Let the phone predict each word as you enter it, then choose the word from a list (see “Predictive Text Entry with iTAP™ Software” on page 58). Tap Method Enter characters one at a time by pressing the key for the letter, number, or symbol (see “Tap Method” on page 54). This is the standard mode for entering text on your phone. Numeric Enter only the number that appears on each key. Symbol Enter symbols only (see “Symbol Mode” on page 57). Browse Browse through your phonebook and recent calls lists to select a name or number to enter. User.Guide.GSM.book Page 53 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-250.png)
![Entering Text 54 Tap Method Tap method is the default standard mode for entering text on your phone.To activate tap method from any text entry screen, press M and select the Tap Method menu option.To enter text using the tap method: Do This To 1 Press a number key one or more timescycle through the characters associated with the key and select the character you want (see the “Character Chart” on page 56). 2 Continue to press number keysenter the rest of the characters in the text message 3 Press OK (J ) accept and store the text when you are finished User.Guide.GSM.book Page 54 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-251.png)
![55 Entering Text General Text Entry Rules Use the keypad to enter letters, numbers, symbols, and other characters with the tap method. Press the same key repeatedly to cycle through available characters. (See the “Character Chart” on page 56.)• If you do not press a key for two seconds, the character in the block cursor is accepted, and the cursor moves to the next position.Press a numberkey to enter textat flashing cursorlocation.Press a numberkey as many timesas necessary toenter the desiredcharacter.Press and holda number key tocycle betweentap method andnumeric textentry mode.Press left orright navigation keys to moveflashing cursorto the left orright in textmessage.Press up ordown navigationkeys to changecharacter inblock cursor touppercase orlowercase.Msg:____________________CANCEL M BROWSE | User.Guide.GSM.book Page 55 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-252.png)
![Entering Text 56 • The first character of each sentence is capitalized unless you manually change it. (Press K down to force the character to lowercase while it is highlighted by the block cursor.) Character Chart Use this chart as a guide for entering spaces, numbers, letters, symbols, and other characters with the tap method. Note: Your phone model may not include all of the characters shown in the above chart.1 space . 1 ? ! , @ _ & ~ : ; " - ( ) '¿ ¡ % £ $ ¥ €2 A B C 2 Ä Å Á À Â Ã α β Ça b c 2 ä å á à ã α β ç3 D E F 3 ∆ Ë É È Ê φ d e f 3 δ é è ê φ4 G H I 4 Ï Í Î ¬g h i 4 ï í î γ5 J K L 5 Λ j k l 5 λ6 M N O 6 Ñ ö Ø ó ò ô õ Ω m n o 6 ñ ö ø ó ò ô õ ω7 P Q R S 7 ∏ β ∑ p q r s 7 π β σ8 T U V 8 θ Ü Ú Ù Ût u v 8 θ ü ú ù9 W X Y Z 9 Ξ ψ w x y z 9 ξ ψ0 + - 0 x * / \ [ ] = > < # § User.Guide.GSM.book Page 56 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-253.png)
![57 Entering Text Symbol Mode Your phone provides an alternate way to find and enter symbol characters in a text message. You can view and select from a variety of available symbols.To activate symbol mode from any text entry screen, press M and select the Symbol menu option.To enter a symbol in symbol mode:Do This To1Press a number key one timedisplay its symbol options (see the “Symbol Chart” on page 58)The symbols associated with the key you pressed are shown at the bottom of the display. If necessary, press other keypad keys to find the symbol you want.2Press the scroll left * or the scroll right # keyorPress the number key multiple timeshighlight the symbol you want3Press SELECT (J) add the highlighted symbol to the text area at the top of the displayUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 57 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-254.png)
![Entering Text58Symbol ChartUse this chart as a guide for entering symbols in symbol mode.Predictive Text Entry with iTAP™ SoftwareiTAP™ software provides a predictive text entry method that lets you enter the letters of a word using only one keypress per letter.You must activate iTAP software prior to entering letters. You can do this from any text entry screen by pressing M to open the Entry Method menu and selecting the iTAP menu option.1 space . ? ! , @ _ & : ; " - ( ) ' ¿¡ % £ $ ¥ €2 @ _ \3 / : ;4 " & '5 ( ) [ ] { }6 ¿ ¡ ~7 < > =8 $ £ ¥ €9 # % *0 + - x * / => < # §User.Guide.GSM.book Page 58 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-255.png)
![59Entering Text Enter WordsTo enter a word with iTAP software:Do This To1Press a number key one timeenter the first letter of the wordThe letters associated with the key you pressed are shown at the bottom of the display.2Press number keys (one per letter)enter the rest of the wordAlternative words and letter combinations are shown at the bottom of the display based on the keys you press. These word choices are updated with each keypress.3When you have entered all the letters of the word, press Klocate and highlight the word you want4Press SELECT (J) add the highlighted word to the text area at the top of the displayA space is automatically inserted after the word.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 59 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-256.png)
![Entering Text60For example, to spell the word “act,” press 2 2 8. The display shows:Enter Novel WordsYou may enter a word that is not in the iTAP software dictionary. If you enter all the letters of a word but the word is not displayed:Do This To1Press DELETE (L) one or more timesdelete one or more letters until you see a letter combination that matches the start of the word2Press the scroll left * or the scroll right # keyhighlight the letter or letter combinationPress SELECT (J) to insert the highlighted wordat the insertion point.Press DELETE (L)to clear the last letterentered.Flashingcursorindicatesinsertionpoint.Press * and # scroll and seeadditional wordchoices.Cat Act Bat Abu ____________________________ DELETE M | SELECT} User.Guide.GSM.book Page 60 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-257.png)
![61 Entering Text Punctuation The iTAP software automatically adds a space after each word. When you enter punctuation, this space is removed. To enter punctuation with iTAP software: Capitalization The first word of a sentence is automatically capitalized, with following words in lowercase. To set or adjust character capitalization with iTAP software: 3 Press SELECT (J ), then press the scroll left * keyshift the text entry cursor to the left and “lock” the selected portion of the word 4 Continue entering letters and highlighting letter combinationsspell the word Press To1 or 0 enter punctuation or other characters as shown in the “Character Chart” on page 56 Press ToK up or down change the words to initial character capitalized, all uppercase characters, or all lowercase characters Do This To User.Guide.GSM.book Page 61 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-258.png)
![Entering Text 62 Enter Numbers To enter a number with iTAP software: Delete Letters and Words Place the cursor to the right of the text that you want to delete, and then: Do This To 1 Enter the first digit and then highlight itput the iTAP software in number entry mode 2 Press number keys add digits to the number 3 Press SELECT (J ) enter the number at the insertion point Do This To Press DELETE (L ) delete one letter at a timeContinue to hold DELETE (L )delete the entire message User.Guide.GSM.book Page 62 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-259.png)
![63 Menu Feature Descriptions This chapter describes all of your phone’s features in order of the menu map shown on pages 3–4. Some descriptions also include page numbers where you can find more detailed information.If you would like to learn more about a specific feature, a reference guide for your phone is also available. To obtain a copy of the reference guide or another copy of this user guide, see the Motorola Web site at: http://motorola.com/consumer/manuals (United States) http://www.motorola.ca/manuals (Canada)or contact the Motorola Customer Call Center at 1-800-331-6456 (United States) or 1-800-461-4575 (Canada). Main Menu R ECENT C ALLS Received Calls M > Recent Calls > Received Calls View a list of recently received calls. See “Viewing the Received Calls or Dialed Calls List” on page 79. Dialed Calls M > Recent Calls > Dialed Calls View a list of recently dialed calls. See “Viewing the Received Calls or Dialed Calls List” on page 79. User.Guide.GSM.book Page 63 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-260.png)
![Menu Feature Descriptions 64 Notepad M > Recent Calls> NotepadCall or store the last number entered on the keypad. See “Entering Numbers in the Notepad” on page 38, and “Using the Notepad” on page 82.Call Times M > Recent Calls> Call TimesView call timers that track time spent on your last call, dialed calls, received calls, all calls since reset, and all calls total. See “Viewing and Resetting Call Timers” on page 83.Call Cost M > Recent Calls> Call CostView call cost information. Your network may provide current credit information, and can provide cost information about the amount spent on your last call, dialed calls, received calls, and all calls total. See “Viewing and Resetting Call Costs” on page 85.SERVICE DIAL M > Service DialDial pre-programmed numbers stored on your SIM card. Your service provider can program your SIM card with phone numbers for services such as taxi companies, restaurants, and hospitals.FIXED DIAL M > Fixed DialDial or edit numbers in the fixed dial list.When you activate the fixed dial feature, users can only call the numbers in the fixed dial list. To activate fixed dial, see the “Fixed Dial” item on page 73.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 64 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-261.png)
![65Menu Feature Descriptions Fixed dial list entries can be any length. If there is a fixed dial entry for the digits 555, users can call any number that starts with 555.You must enter your SIM PIN2 code to edit fixed dial entries. In the fixed dial list, you can create, edit, delete, and sort entries just like in the phonebook list. Fixed dial list entries are stored on your SIM card and do not have Type or Voice Name fields.Note: Employers can use fixed dial to limit employees’ phones to a predefined list of numbers, country codes, or other prefixes.PHONEBOOK M > PhonebookStore names and numbers as entries in your phonebook, then call numbers by selecting them from the phonebook list. See “Phonebook” on page 87.DATEBOOK M > DatebookUse the datebook calendar to schedule and review your appointments. See “Datebook” on page 102.QUICK DIAL M > Quick DialDial pre-programmed numbers stored on your phone. Your service provider may program your phone with one or more quick dial numbers, such as the customer service number. You can call them by selecting them from the quick dial list.Note: Your service provider may use a different name for this feature.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 65 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-262.png)
![Menu Feature Descriptions66MESSAGES M > MessagesAdjust message settings, view and manage the various types of messages your phone can receive and/or send:SHORTCUTS M > ShortcutsCreate keypad shortcuts to menu features. See “Shortcuts” on page 120.Voicemail Listen to your recorded voice messages. See “Messages—Voicemail” on page 111Text Msgs Send and receive text messages. See “Messages—Text” on page 113Browser Alerts Read alert messages received by your micro-browserInfo Services Read information services messages (subscription-based broadcast messages, such as stock updates, news, and weather reports) that you have receivedQuick Notes Select and send pre-written messages from the quick notes list.Outbox View all outgoing text messages, delivered and undeliveredDrafts Store and edit text messages that you have written but not sentUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 66 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-263.png)
![67Menu Feature Descriptions VOICE DIAL M > Voice DialDial a phonebook entry by saying the pre-recorded voice name for that phonebook entry. See “Voice Dial Using the Menu” on page 93.SIM APPLICATIONS M > SIM ApplicationsAccess information and applications stored on your SIM card.Your SIM card may contain applications that process your outgoing calls, text messages, and other events. Contact your service provider for details.BROWSER M > BrowserAccess Web pages and run Web-based applications. The micro-browser delivers WAP (Wireless Application Protocol) pages from your service provider directly to your phone. See “Micro-Browser” on page 123.CALCULATOR M > CalculatorUse your phone as a calculator or currency converter. See “Calculator” on page 125.GAMES M > GamesPlay games on your phone. See “Games” on page 128.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 67 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-264.png)
![Menu Feature Descriptions68Settings MenuRING/VIBRATE Alert M > Settings> Ring/Vibrate> AlertSelect a ring or vibration alert profile for incoming calls and messages. See “Ring/Vibrate” on page 133.Alert Detail M > Settings> Ring/Vibrate> Alert DetailChange details about the current alert profile. Alert represents the name of the alert profile. See“Ring/Vibrate” on page 133.My Tones M > Settings> Ring/Vibrate> My TonesCreate custom alert tones for your phone. See “Use the My Tones Feature” on page 135.CALL FORWARD M > Settings> Call ForwardSet options for forwarding incoming voice, data, and/or fax calls to another phone number. See “Call Forwarding” on page 141.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 68 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-265.png)
![69Menu Feature Descriptions PHONE STATUS My Tel. Numbers M > Settings> Phone Status> My Tel. NumbersView, enter, and edit information about your name and phone number.Credit Info M > Settings> Phone Status> Credit InfoView the credit available, its expiration date, and the date of the last deposit. (This feature is available only if you subscribe to a prepay option.)Credit Available M > Settings> Phone Status> Credit AvailableView the credit available. (This feature is available only if you subscribe to the advice-of-charge feature.)Active Line M > Settings> Phone Status> Active LineChange the active phone line to send and receive calls from either of the available numbers. (This feature is available only for dual-line enabled SIM cards.)Battery Meter M > Settings> Phone Status> Battery MeterView a detailed battery charge meter.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 69 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-266.png)
![Menu Feature Descriptions70Other Information M > Settings> Phone Status> Other InformationView your phone’s feature specifications (if available from the service provider).BROWSER SETUP M > Settings> Browser SetupAdjust the micro-browser’s network connection settings, or create a new network connection profile.IN-CALL SETUP Set the features that are active during a call, such as the in-call timer, call waiting, and call answering options.In-Call Timer M > Settings> In-Call Setup> In-Call TimerAdjust call timer display and beep settings. You can set your timer to beep at a selected interval during your calls. (60 seconds is the default.) You can also turn on or off a display timer during calls as follows:Time Display the elapsed time for the current callCost Display the cost of the current call (if you subscribe to a call cost option or advice-of-charge)User.Guide.GSM.book Page 70 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-267.png)
![71Menu Feature Descriptions Call Cost Setup M > Settings> In-Call Setup> Call Cost SetupAdjust call cost settings.You can assign a credit limit so that your phone displays your remaining credit during calls. Your phone notifies you when you approach your limit, and ends the call when you reach it.Your phone network expresses cost in the amount of units used, but this feature lets you tell your phone how to translate the units to a currency.My Caller ID M > Settings> In-Call Setup> My Caller IDActivate and deactivate the display of your phone number as an ID when you call someone.Total Cost Display the cost of all calls since the last time you reset the timer (if you subscribe to a call cost option or advice-of-charge)Credit Available Display how much credit you have left (if you subscribe to a call cost option or advice-of-charge)Off No in-call timer displayUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 71 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-268.png)
![Menu Feature Descriptions72Talk and Fax M > Settings> In-Call Setup> Talk and FaxActivate and deactivate the talk/fax service.Use this feature prior to making a call when you want to talk and then send or receive a fax—all to the same phone number and within the same call.You can also use the talk then fax feature to send a fax during a call. See “Sending a Talk then Fax Call” on page 152.Answer Options M > Settings> In-Call Setup> Answer OptionsTurn call answering options on or off:Call Waiting M > Settings> In-Call Setup> Call WaitingActivate and deactivate call waiting.When call waiting is activated and another call arrives while you are on a call, call waiting can play a tone to notify you of the new call. See “Using Call Waiting” on page 44.Multi-Key Answer by pressing any keyOpen to Answer Answer by opening the flipUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 72 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-269.png)
![73Menu Feature Descriptions SECURITY Phone Lock M > Settings > Security> Phone LockLock and unlock your phone. See “Locking and Unlocking Your Phone” on page 155.Lock Application M > Settings > Security> Lock ApplicationLock and unlock specific phone applications (such as phonebook or datebook). When an application is locked, users must enter the unlock code to use the application.Fixed Dial M > Settings> Security> Fixed DialRestrict outgoing calls to numbers on the fixed dial list. See “Fixed Dial” on page 64.Call Barring M > Settings > Security> Call BarringRestrict incoming and outgoing calls. See “Barring Calls” on page 157.SIM PIN M > Settings > Security> SIM PINSwitch SIM card protection on and off, so users must enter the SIM card PIN code when they turn on the phone or insert a SIM card. See “Protecting the SIM Card” on page 158.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 73 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-270.png)
![Menu Feature Descriptions74New Passwords M > Settings > Security> New PasswordsChange your unlock code (originally set to 1234) or your security code (originally set to 000000). See “Assigning a New Code or Password” on page 153.OTHER SETTINGS Personalize M > Settings> Other Settings> PersonalizeSet several personal phone options:Initial Setup M > Settings> Other Settings> Initial SetupSet many basic phone options:Main Menu Change the order of the main menu. (See “Reordering Menu Items” on page 143.)Keys Change the functions of the soft keys in the idle display. (See “Customizing a Soft Key Function” on page 144.)Greeting Change the text displayed when you turn on your phoneQuick Dial Change quick dial number(s)Time and Date Set the phone’s time and dateUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 74 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-271.png)
![75Menu Feature Descriptions 1-Touch Dial Assign the 1-touch dial feature to numbers 1 through 9 in your phone memory phonebook or SIM card phonebook. (See “1-Touch Dial Preference” on page 101.)Auto Redial Use this option to turn on or turn off the automatic redial feature. When you turn on automatic redial, your phone automatically redials calls that fail due to busy conditions. (See “Using Automatic Redial” on page 35.)Backlight Set the amount of time that the display backlight remains on, or turn off the backlight to conserve battery powerZoom Switch between three lines (Zoom Out) and two lines (Zoom In) of display textNote: By default, your phone uses two lines to display Chinese characters. When your phone is set to display Chinese characters, the zoom setting is not available.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 75 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-272.png)
![Menu Feature Descriptions76Scroll Force the cursor to stop or wrap around when it reaches the top or bottom of a list in the displayAnimation Turn animation off (to conserve the battery) or on. Animation makes your phone’s menus move smoothly as you scroll up and down.Language Set the language for phone menusBattery Save Adjust the phone’s power usage characteristics to conserve powerContrast Adjust the contrast setting for your displayDTMF Your phone can send a number to the network as dual tone multi-frequency (DTMF) tones. DTMF tones are used to communicate with automated systems that require you to enter a number such as a code, password, or credit card number. Use this option to set DTMF tones to be long, short, or off.Master Reset Reset all options back to their original factory settings except for the unlock code, security code, and lifetime timerUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 76 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-273.png)
![77Menu Feature Descriptions Network M > Settings> Other Settings> NetworkView and adjust your phone’s network settings.Your service provider registers your phone to a network. You can view information about the current network, change how your phone searches for a network, specify your preferred networks, and activate alerts that indicate when a call is dropped or network registration changes.Car Settings M > Settings> Other Settings> Car SettingsAdjust hands-free car kit settings.You can set your phone to route calls directly to the Easy-Install Hands-Free Kit when it detects a connection, and automatically answer calls after two rings. See “Hands-Free Use” on page 144.Master Clear Reset all options back to their original factory settings except for the unlock code, security code, and lifetime timer, and clear all user settings and entriesNote: This option erases all user-entered information stored in your phone’s memory, including phonebook and datebook entries. Once you erase the information, it cannot be recovered.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 77 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-274.png)
![Menu Feature Descriptions78Note: The use of wireless devices and their accessories may be prohibited or restricted in certain areas. Always obey the laws and regulations on the use of these products.Headset M > Settings> Other Settings> HeadsetSet your phone to automatically answer calls after two rings when connected to a headset. See “Hands-Free Use” on page 144.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 78 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-275.png)
![79Recent CallsYou can use the recent calls menu to view received calls or dialed calls, retrieve the last number stored in the notepad, and view or reset call times and costs.Viewing the Received Calls or Dialed Calls ListYour phone keeps lists of the numbers from calls you recently received and dialed, even if the calls did not connect. The lists are sorted from newest to oldest entries. The oldest entries are deleted as new ones are added. Each entry tells you the person’s number (or name, if available) and whether the call connected or not. You can call, store, or delete the numbers on these lists.Shortcut: Press N to go directly to the dialed calls list from the idle display.To open the recent calls menu:Find the FeatureM> Recent CallsPress To1K scroll to Received Calls or Dialed Calls2SELECT (J) select Received Calls or Dialed Calls3K scroll to an entry you want to call, store, or deleteNote: < means the call connected.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 79 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-276.png)
![Recent Calls80The Last Calls Menu includes the following options:4N call the entry’s numberTip: Press and hold N for two seconds to send the entry number as DTMF tones. To activate DTMF tones, see the “DTMF” item on page 76.orJ if View appears above the J key—view the entry’s details if Store appears above the J key—store the entry’s details in the phonebook orM open the Last Calls Menu to perform other procedures as described in the following listOption DescriptionStore Create a phonebook entry with the selected number in the No. field. (This option does not appear if STORE appears above the J key, or if the number is already stored as a phonebook entry.)Delete Delete the entry. (This option does not appear if DELETE appears above the J key.)Press ToUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 80 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-277.png)
![81Recent Calls Delete All Delete all entries in the current list.Hide ID/Show ID Hide (or show) your caller ID for the next call.Send Message Create a new text message, with the selected number in the Tel No. field. See “Sending a Text Message” on page 117.Add Digits Add digits to the end of the selected number.Attach Number Attach another number from the phonebook or recent calls list to the end of the selected number.Send Tones Send the selected number to the network as DTMF tones, for credit card calling or password entry. (This option is available only during an active call.)To activate DTMF tones, see the “DTMF” item on page 76.Talk then Fax Tell the network you want to call and talk to someone, and then send a fax—all to the same number in the same call. See “Sending a Talk then Fax Call” on page 152.Option DescriptionUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 81 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-278.png)
![Recent Calls82Using the NotepadYour phone uses a notepad to store the most recent string of digits entered—either for a phone number that you called or for a number that you entered but did not call.To call the number, create a phonebook entry, or perform other operations with the number stored in the notepad:Find the FeatureM > Recent Calls > NotepadPress ToN orM orSTORE (J)call the numberopen the Dialing Menu (to attach a number or insert a special character)See “Additional Dialing Features” on page 41.create a new phonebook entry, with the notepad number copied into the No. field.See “Storing a Phonebook Entry” on page 88.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 82 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-279.png)
![83Recent Calls Viewing and Resetting Call TimersYour phone tracks and records call times. Use the recent calls menu to view and reset a call timer.Network connection time is the elapsed time from the moment you connect to your service provider’s network to the moment you end the call by pressing O. This time includes busy signals and ringing.The amount of network connection time you track on your resettable timer may not equal the amount of time for which you are billed by your service provider. For billing information, please contact your service provider directly. You can view the approximate network connection time elapsed during the following calls:Timer DescriptionLast Call Time spent on the last call dialed or received. You cannot reset this timer.Dialed Calls Total time spent on dialed calls since the last time you reset this timer.Received Calls Total time spent on calls received since the last time you reset this timer.All Calls Total time spent on dialed and received calls since the last time you reset this timer.Lifetime Total time spent on all calls on this phone. You cannot reset this timer.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 83 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-280.png)
![Recent Calls84To view a call timer:To reset the call timer:Find the FeatureM > Recent Calls> Call TimesPress To1K scroll to the timer you want to view2SELECT (J) view the recorded timePress To1RESET (J) reset the time (if available)2YES (L) confirm the resetUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 84 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-281.png)
![85Recent Calls Viewing and Resetting Call CostsYour phone network can provide the following cost information:Cost Tracker DescriptionCredit Available Amount of your credit remaining.For GSM advice-of-charge, this is only available if you set a credit limit.Note: Your phone receives cost information from the advice-of-charge feature or third-party prepay software.Expiration Date Date that the available credit expires (available only with a subscription to a prepay option).Last Deposit Amount of the last deposit (available only with a subscription to a prepay option).Last Call Amount spent on the last call you dialed or received. You cannot reset this cost tracker.Dialed Calls Amount spent on calls you dialed since the last time you reset this cost tracker.Received Calls Amount spent on calls you received since the last time you reset this cost tracker.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 85 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-282.png)
![Recent Calls86To view a cost tracker:To reset the cost tracker:All Calls Amount spent on all dialed and received calls since the last time you reset this cost tracker.You can reset this value separate from Dialed Calls and Received Calls, so Dialed Calls plus Received Calls may not equal All Calls.Find the FeatureM > Recent Calls> Call CostPress To1K scroll to the cost tracker you want to view2SELECT (J) view the recorded costPress To1RESET (J) reset the cost (if available)2OK (L) enter your PIN2 code to confirm the resetCost Tracker DescriptionUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 86 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-283.png)
![87PhonebookYou can store a list of names and phone numbers in your phone’s electronic phonebook. You can view these entries and call them directly from your phone.To see the list of names stored in your phonebook, press M > Phonebook from the idle display. Scroll to a name and press VIEW (J) to view details of the phonebook entry as shown in the following display.Fields in a Phonebook Entry FormNote: Phonebook entries stored on the SIM card do not have Type or Voice Name information.$*Carlo Emrys2154337215 Speed No. 15BACK M EDITEntry’s phonenumberType indicatoridentifiesnumber type:$WorkUHomeSMainhMobileZFaxpPagerVoice Name indicatorindicates a recorded voice name Entry’s NameEditentryPress M to open the PhonebookMenuReturnto listEntry’s speeddial numberUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 87 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-284.png)
![Phonebook88Storing a Phonebook EntryA phone number is required for a phonebook entry. All other information is optional.You can store a phonebook entry on your phone or on the SIM card. Entries with a speed dial number from 1 to 500 are stored on the phone. To store a phonebook entry on your SIM card, assign a speed dial number of 501 or higher to the entry when you create it. The total number of entries you can store on the SIM card is dependent on your service provider.Shortcut: Enter a phone number in the idle display, then press STORE (J) to create a phonebook entry with the number in the No. field. Go directly to step 1 in the following procedure to enter additional information and store the entry.Note: You can also use the following procedure to store a fixed dial entry by scrolling to and selecting Fixed Dial.Enter InformationFind the FeatureM > PhonebookM > NewPress To1CHANGE (J) select Name2keypad keys enter a name for the phonebook entry (see “Entering Text” on page 53)3OK (J) store the name4CHANGE (J) select No.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 88 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-285.png)
![89Phonebook 5keypad keys enter the phone number6OK (J) store the phone number7CHANGE (J) select TypeNote: This option is not available for entries stored on a SIM card.8K scroll to the type of phone number9SELECT (J) select the number type10RECORD (J)orGo to step 11 if you do not want to record a voice name for the entryrecord a Voice Name for the entry, if desiredSee “Recording a Voice Name For a Phonebook Entry” on page 91.Note: This option is not available for entries stored on a SIM card.11K scroll to Speed No., the number to speed dial the entryThe next available speed dial number is assigned to a new phonebook number by default.12CHANGE (J) select Speed No. if you want to change itPress ToUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 89 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-286.png)
![Phonebook90Complete Phonebook EntryWhen you are finished entering information for a phonebook entry:13keypad keys enter a different speed number, if desiredNote: Entries with a speed dial number from 1 to 500 are stored on the phone. Entries with a speed dial number of 501 or higher are stored on the SIM card.14OK (J) save the modified speed numberIf your chosen speed number is already assigned to another entry, you are asked if you want to replace that entry.15SELECT (J) select MORE if you want to create another entry with the same NameNote: You must enter a name and number to use this option.Press ToDONE (L) store the entry and return to the phonebook listPress ToUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 90 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-287.png)
![91Phonebook Recording a Voice Name For a Phonebook EntryYou can record a voice name when you create a new phonebook entry, or when you edit a previously stored phonebook entry. This lets you use voice dial to call the number without dialing (see “Voice Dial Using a Soft Key” on page 93).Note: You cannot record a voice name for an entry stored on a SIM card.Tip: Make your voice recording in a quiet location. Hold the phone about four inches (10 centimeters) from your mouth, and speak directly into the phone’s microphone in a normal tone of voice.Find the FeatureM > PhonebookDo This To1Press K scroll to the entry that needs a voice name2Press VIEW (J) display the entry’s detailed view3Press EDIT (J) edit the phonebook entry4Press K scroll to Voice Name 5Press RECORD (J) begin the recording processThe phone displays Press RECORD Key then say name.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 91 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-288.png)
![Phonebook92Dialing a Phonebook EntryYou can use the phonebook list, voice dial, speed dial, or 1-touch dial to call a number stored in your phonebook. To use speed dial, see “Dialing With Speed Dial” on page 39. To use 1-touch dial, see “Dialing With 1-Touch Dial” on page 40.Phonebook ListTo call a number in the phonebook list:6Press and release RECORD (J) and say the entry’s name (in two seconds)record the voice nameThe phone displays Press RECORD Key then REPEAT name.7Press the voice key and repeat the nameconfirm the voice nameThe phone displays Trained: Voice Name.Find the FeatureM > PhonebookPress To1K scroll to the entry you want to call2N send the callDo This ToUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 92 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-289.png)
![93Phonebook Voice Dial Using a Soft KeyTo call a number using voice dial via a soft key:To pre-record a phonebook entry name, see “Recording a Voice Name For a Phonebook Entry” on page 91.Voice Dial Using the MenuTo call a number using voice dial via the menu:Do This ResultPress and release L and speak the entry’s pre-recorded name (within two seconds).Your phone goes to the entry in the phonebook list, repeats the voice name, pauses two seconds, then automatically dials the call.Find the FeatureM > Voice DialDo This To1Press SELECT (J) activate the voice dial mechanismthe phone displays Say Name Now2Say the pre-recorded phonebook entry name to select the entry to be dialedUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 93 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-290.png)
![Phonebook94Editing a Phonebook EntryYou can edit a phonebook entry stored on your phone or the SIM card.Notes: • If you change an entry’s speed dial number, the entry is moved to the new speed dial location and the original entry is deleted. Entries with a speed dial number from 1 to 500 are stored on the phone. Entries with a speed dial number of 501 or higher are stored on the SIM card.• You can also use the following procedure to edit a fixed dial entry by scrolling to and selecting Fixed Dial.Edit a phonebook entry or fixed dial entry by following the procedures described in “Storing a Phonebook Entry” on page 88.Find the FeatureM > PhonebookPress To1K scroll to the entry you want to edit2VIEW (J) display the entry’s detailed view3EDIT (J) edit the phonebook entryUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 94 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-291.png)
![95Phonebook Deleting a Phonebook EntryTo delete a phonebook entry:Copying Phonebook Entries Between the Phone and SIM CardYou can copy one or more phonebook entries from your phone to the SIM card or from the SIM card to your phone.Notes: • This procedure copies the original entry to a new location. It does not delete the original entry.• The SIM card cannot store Type and Voice Name data for entries. If you try to copy an entry with a type or voice name to the SIM card, the phone asks you for confirmation before dropping this information and copying the entry.Find the FeatureM > PhonebookPress To1K scroll to the entry you want to delete2M open the Phonebook Menu3 K scroll to Delete4SELECT (J) select Delete5YES (L) confirm the deletionUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 95 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-292.png)
![Phonebook96Copy a Single EntryTo copy a single phonebook entry from your phone to the SIM card or from the SIM card to your phone:Find the FeatureM > PhonebookPress To1K scroll to the entry you want to copyNote: Entries with a speed dial number from 1 to 500 are stored on the phone. Entries with a speed dial number of 501 or higher are stored on the SIM card.2M open the Phonebook Menu3K scroll to Copy Entry4 SELECT (J) select Copy EntryThe phone displays the Copy To form, with the next available speed dial number.5keypad keys edit the speed dial number on the Copy To form6OK (J) approve the copy to the speed dial numberThe phone displays the Stored message. You can now delete the old phonebook entry, if desired.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 96 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-293.png)
![97Phonebook Copy Multiple EntriesTo copy multiple phonebook entries from your phone to the SIM card or from the SIM card to your phone:Find the FeatureM > PhonebookPress To1M open the Phonebook Menu2K scroll to Copy Entries3SELECT (J) select Copy EntriesThe phone displays the Copy Entries form.4K scroll to From (start)5CHANGE (J) select From (start)6keypad keys enter the first (lowest) speed dial number in the range of entries that you want to copyNote: Entries with a speed dial number from 1 to 500 are stored on the phone. Entries with a speed dial number of 501 or higher are stored on the SIM card.7OK (J) store the number and return to the Copy Entries form8K scroll to From (end)9CHANGE (J) select From (end)User.Guide.GSM.book Page 97 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-294.png)
![Phonebook9810keypad keys enter the last (highest) speed dial number in the range of entries that you want to copy11OK (J) store the number and return to the Copy Entries menu12K scroll to To (start)13CHANGE (J) select To (start)14keypad keys enter the first (lowest) new speed dial number for the entries’ new location15OK (J) store the number and return to the Copy Entries menu16DONE (L) copy the entriesThe phone displays the Copied Entries message. You can now delete the old entries, if desired.Press ToUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 98 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-295.png)
![99Phonebook Checking Phonebook CapacityYou can check phonebook capacity to see how much space is left for storing phonebook entries on your phone and on the SIM card. For entries stored on the phone, your phone displays a memory meter that shows how much memory space remains to store phonebook and datebook entries. For the SIM card, your phone lists the number of phonebook entries used and the number available.Synchronizing with TrueSync SoftwareYou can synchronize phonebook entries between your phone and computer or hand-held device with Starfish TrueSync® software, a Motorola accessory product. See the TrueSync user guide for more information.Note: TrueSync software is designed to synchronize with basic features of many popular Personal Information Management (PIM) software and hardware products.Find the FeatureM > PhonebookPress To1M open the Phonebook Menu2K scroll to Phone Capacity3SELECT (J) select Phone CapacityYour phone displays the phone memory meter, or the number of SIM card phonebook entries available.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 99 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-296.png)
![Phonebook100Setting Up the PhonebookYou can specify the sort order for your phonebook entries and the location of your 1-touch dial entries.Phonebook List Sort PreferenceYou can set up your phone to sort your phonebook list by speed dial number (the standard), name, or voice dial.Tip: The voice dial sort is identical to the name sort, except that the entries with voice name tags appear first.Find the FeatureM > PhonebookPress To1M open the Phonebook Menu2K scroll to Setup3SELECT (J) select Setup4K scroll to Sort by5CHANGE (J) select Sort by6K scroll to the entry you want7SELECT (J) select the entry you wantUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 100 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-297.png)
![101Phonebook 1-Touch Dial PreferenceYour phone lets you specify whether your 1-touch dial entries are located on the phone or the SIM card:Find the FeatureM > Settings > Other Settings> Initial SetupPress To1K scroll to 1-Touch Dial2CHANGE (J) select 1-Touch Dial3Kscroll to the list you want4SELECT (J) select the list you wantUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 101 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-298.png)
![102DatebookThe datebook is a calendar that lets you schedule and organize events such as appointments and meetings. You can review your schedule of events for the week or by the day, and have the datebook play a reminder alarm for specific events.Note: You must set the correct time and date in order to use the datebook. Use the Time and Date feature (see page 74) to set the time and date.To schedule or review events in the datebook:Week ViewWhen you open the datebook, your phone displays a calendar for the week. Lines or filled boxes under each day indicate scheduled events.Find the FeatureM > DatebookGo toselected dayExit thedatebook Untimedevent12 hourwindow One-hour eventDays of week(press * (left) or# (right) to select)Full day (12-hour)event scheduledPress M to openthe Datebook MenuEXIT VIEW{15 NOV-21 NOVS M T W T F SM User.Guide.GSM.book Page 102 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-299.png)
![103Datebook Day ViewSelect a day in the week view and press VIEW (J) to see the day’s events. You can store, edit, view, copy, and delete any event from the day view.Event ViewSelect an event in the day view and press VIEW (J) to open the detailed event view. You can edit, copy, and delete events from the event view.Day of weekShow eventdetailsReturn toprevious screenUntimedevent AlarmEvent Down scrollarrowPress M to openthe Datebook Menu{THU 19-NOV } • Joe's B-day 9:00 A Marie,... BACK VIEWM Day and timeEdit eventReturn toprevious screenEvent detailsAlarm Down scrollarrowPress M to openthe Datebook MenuA THU 9:00 am Marie, mtg aboutnew product BACK EDITM User.Guide.GSM.book Page 103 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-300.png)
![Datebook104Storing a New EventA title is required for a datebook event. All other information is optional.See “Selecting a Feature” on page 50 for instructions on scrolling to and selecting options.Find the FeatureM > Datebook > dayM > NewPress To1CHANGE (J) select Title2keypad keys enter a title for the event (see “Entering Text” on page 53)3OK (J) store the event title4K scroll to other fields and enter information as necessaryOther fields let you enter start time, duration, date, repeating events, and reminder alarm.5DONE (L) store the new event and return to the day viewUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 104 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-301.png)
![105Datebook Changing Event InformationTo change information about an existing event:Find the FeatureM > DatebookPress To1K scroll to the scheduled event day2VIEW (J) display the day view3K scroll to the event you want to change4VIEW (J) display the event view5EDIT (J) edit the event6Kscroll to the detail you want to change7CHANGE (J) edit the information8keypad keys enter the new information9DONE (L) store the information and return to the day viewUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 105 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-302.png)
![Datebook106Copying an EventTo copy information from a current event to a new event:Find the FeatureM > DatebookPress To1Kscroll to the scheduled event day2VIEW (J) display the day view3K scroll to the event to copy4M open the Datebook Menu5K scroll to Copy6SELECT (J) copy the event7YES (J) confirm the copyYour phone assumes that you want to change the date, and displays the Date field.8keypad keys enter the date information9} (J)move to the month, day, and year10DONE (L) save the copy of the event11K scroll to event details and edit the information as necessary12DONE (L) store the new event and return to the day viewUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 106 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-303.png)
![107Datebook Deleting an EventFind the FeatureM > DatebookPress To1Kscroll to the scheduled event day2VIEW (J) display the day view3K scroll to the event to delete4M open the Datebook Menu5K scroll to Delete6SELECT (J) select DeleteFor non-repeating events, go to step 7. For repeating events, the phone displays a delete event menu:aK scroll to This Event Only or Repeat EventsbSELECT (J) select the event(s) to delete7YES (L) confirm the deletionThe phone briefly displays a Deleted: message and returns you to the day view.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 107 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-304.png)
![108RadioYou can use your phone to tune, store presets, and listen to FM radio stations when you use the optional Motorola Original™ FM Stereo Radio Headset with your phone.Turning the Radio On and OffNote: The Radio (J) soft key option appears only when the FM Stereo Radio Headset is plugged into the accessory connector port.Tuning a StationPress ToRadio (J) turn the radio on and offDo This ToPress KorPress and hold Kscroll up or down to the next frequencyscroll up or down to the next available stereo stationUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 108 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-305.png)
![109Radio Storing a PresetTo store a station to a preset that you can recall later:Selecting a PresetTo select a preset radio station:Sending and Receiving Calls With the Radio OnYour phone interrupts the radio signal and rings or vibrates as usual to notify you of an incoming call, message, or other event. When you receive a call:Do This ToPress and hold a numberkey (1 to 9)assign its preset number to the tuned stationPress Toa number key (1 to 9) tune the station stored at that preset locationDo This ToPress IGNORE (L) ignore the callPress ANSWER (J)orPress the button on theFM Stereo Radio Headset microphoneanswer the callNote: You can use the FM Stereo Radio Headset microphone to converse with the other party during a callUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 109 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-306.png)
![Radio110To end the call and resume the FM broadcast:Turn the radio off before dialing outgoing calls. You do not have to turn off the FM radio feature to dial emergency numbers or numbers selected from your phonebook or other lists.Tip: To dial a recently called number, press N or the button on the FM Stereo Radio Headset microphone to go to the dialed calls list. For more information, see “Recent Calls” on page 79.Do This ToPress OorPress and hold the button on the FM Stereo Radio Headset microphoneend the callUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 110 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-307.png)
![111Messages—VoicemailYou can listen to your voicemail messages by calling your network voicemail phone number. Voicemail messages are stored on the network—not on your phone. Contact your service provider for more details.Storing Your Voicemail NumberStore your voicemail number in your phone to make it faster and easier to use voicemail. Your voicemail number is provided by your service provider.Receiving a New Voicemail MessageWhen you receive a voicemail message, your phone displays New VoiceMail &. (Some networks only indicate when you have messages, whether they are new or not.) If reminders are turned on, your phone sends a reminder every five minutes until you close the new message notification, listen to the message, or turn off your phone. (See “Reminders” on page 140.)Find the FeatureM > MessagesM > VoiceMail SetupPress To1keypad keys enter the phone number for your voicemail2OK (J) store the numberUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 111 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-308.png)
![Messages—Voicemail112From the new message notification:Listening to a Voicemail MessageTo listen to your voicemail messages at any time:Your phone calls the voicemail phone number you stored. If you do not have a voicemail number stored, the phone guides you through storing a number.Do This ToPress CALL (J) call your voicemail phone number and listen to the messageFind the FeatureM > Messages > VoiceMailUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 112 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-309.png)
![113Messages—TextText messages are brief messages that you can send and receive (such as Where are we meeting?). Received messages appear on your phone display or in your text message inbox.You must set up the text message inbox before you can send and receive these messages. The total number of messages the inbox can hold depends on the length of the messages, and the number of other messages and drafts stored in your phone.Note: Your service provider may have already programmed the text message inbox settings for you.Setting Up the Text Message InboxFind the FeatureM > MessagesM > Text Msg SetupPress To1K scroll to Srvce Center No.2CHANGE (J) change the Srvce Center No. which is provided by your service provider3keypad keys enter the phone number for the service center that handles your outgoing messages4OK (J) store your service center number5CHANGE (J) change the Expire After periodUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 113 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-310.png)
![Messages—Text1146keypad keys enter the expiration period—the number of days your network tries to send unreceived messages7OK (J) store the expiration period8CHANGE (J) change the Reply Type9K scroll to the default type of replies you want to send—text messages, or other formats10OK (J) store the reply type11CHANGE (J) change the Cleanup setting12K scroll to the period of time that messages stay in your inbox13SELECT (J) select the cleanup periodIf you select Custom, continue. Otherwise, the procedure is complete.14K change the entry for the number or label15Kswitch between the number and the label16DONE (L) store the custom cleanup period after you finish entering all informationPress ToUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 114 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-311.png)
![115Messages—Text Receiving a Text MessageNote: You must set up the text message inbox before you can receive text messages. See “Setting Up the Text Message Inbox” on page 113.When you receive a new message, your phone displays New Message X and gives an alert. If reminders are turned on, your phone sends a reminder every five minutes until you close the new message notification, read the message, or turn off your phone. (See “Reminders” on page 140.)When your inbox is full, any new message replaces the oldest unlocked message.From the new message notification:Reading, Locking, or Deleting a Text MessageYou can open your text message inbox to read, lock, or delete messages at any time.Messages in the text message inbox are sorted from newest to oldest. The oldest messages are deleted as new ones are added. If you want to save a message, you should lock it to prevent it from being overwritten as new messages are received.Press ToREAD (J) open the message (or your text message inbox if there are multiple messages)User.Guide.GSM.book Page 115 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-312.png)
![Messages—Text116The Text Msg Menu includes the following options:Find the FeatureM > Messages > Text MsgsPress To1K scroll to the message you want(d = unread and urgent,n = read, f = read and locked)2READ (J) open the message3SAVE (J—right)orDELETE (L—left)orM close the message without changesdelete the messageopen the Text Msg Menu to perform other procedures as described in the following listOption DescriptionCall Back Call the number in the message header or the message text.Go To Go to a Web address (URL) in the message.Reply Open a new text message, with the message’s Reply To number in the To field.Forward Open a copy of the text message, with an empty To field.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 116 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-313.png)
![117Messages—Text Sending a Text MessageYou can create and send a text message to one or more recipients. The text message feature lets you manually enter each recipient’s phone number, or select one or more numbers from the phonebook or recent calls lists.Note: When you manually enter multiple phone numbers in the To field, you must insert a space between each number. Press and hold 1 to insert a space as needed.Lock/Unlock Lock or unlock the message.Store Number Open a new phonebook entry with the message’s embedded number in the No. field.Delete orDelete All Delete the message or all inbox messages.Press Yes (L) to confirm the deletion.Create Message Open a new text message form.Setup Open the inbox setup menu.Find the FeatureM > MessagesM > Create MessagePress To1CHANGE (J) select ToOption DescriptionUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 117 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-314.png)
![Messages—Text1182keypad keysorBROWSE (J)enter one or more phone numbers where you want to send the messageTip: Remember to press and hold 1 to add a space between numbers that you enter manually.select one or more phone numbers from the phonebook or recent calls lists3OK (J) store the number(s)4CHANGE (J) select Msg5keypad keys enter the text message (see “Entering Text” on page 53)Note: Message length is limited. When 40 or fewer characters remain, a two-digit counter at the top of the display shows how many are left.6OK (J) store the text message7DONE (L) finish the messageYour phone displays Send Message Now?Press ToUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 118 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-315.png)
![119Messages—Text Viewing the Status of Sent Text MessagesText messages that you send are stored in the outbox. To view the contents of your outbox:Messages are sorted from newest to oldest.The following icons indicate message status:8YES (J)orNO (L)send the messagecancel the message or save it as a draftA saved message is stored in the drafts folder, where you can edit it and send it at a later time.Find the FeatureM > Messages > Outboxá = sending in progress Y = deliveredm = sending failedPress ToUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 119 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-316.png)
![120ShortcutsYour phone includes several pre-programmed shortcuts. You can create additional shortcuts, if you like, to mark frequently used menu items.Standard ShortcutsThe following shortcuts are pre-programmed in your phone. You cannot edit or delete these shortcuts.User-Settable ShortcutsYou can create shortcuts to many menu features and applications. A shortcut takes you directly to the menu item, or performs the menu action (if applicable).Do This ToPress M, then press and hold M (within two seconds)zoom in/out your phone’s display view(See “Changing the Zoom Setting” on page 30.)Press M #display your phone numberPress Ngo to the dialed calls list(See “Recent Calls” on page 79.)Press Oexit the menu system, return to the idle displayUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 120 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-317.png)
![121Shortcuts Creating a ShortcutTo assign a keypad shortcut:Do This To1Press Menter the menu system2Scroll to the item to which you want to assign a shortcuthighlight the menu item3Press and hold Mopen the shortcut editorThe phone displays:Assign Shortcut for: “Item”? where Item is the name of the item you selected.4Press YES (L) view shortcut options5Press CHANGE (J)orPress DONE (L)change the keypad shortcut number, if necessaryselect the default keypad shortcut number and close the shortcut editorUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 121 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-318.png)
![Shortcuts122Using ShortcutsYou can use a shortcut from the idle display, while on a call, or while scrolling through a menu.Use a Keypad ShortcutIf you know the shortcut number:Select a Shortcut From the ListTo select a shortcut from the shortcut list:Press To1M open the menu2the shortcut’s number go to the menu item, or perform the menu actionFind the FeatureM > Shortcuts> the shortcut you wantUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 122 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-319.png)
![123Micro-BrowserThe micro-browser lets you access Web pages and Web-based applications (such as on-line banking, shopping, and games) on your phone. Contact your service provider to set up access, if necessary.Note: Your phone may be configured to use a high-speed GPRS (General Packet Radio Service) network connection. This type of connection can be identified by a GPRS indicator in the idle display that disappears when you start a micro-browser session. If a W (connected call) indicator is displayed when you start a micro-browser session, your phone is using a standard voice channel connection. Your network connection charges may vary depending on the type of connection used.Starting a Micro-Browser SessionTo open the micro-browser:The micro-browser displays the home page set up by your service provider.Shortcut: If you open a text message with a Web address (URL) in it, you can go directly to the URL by selecting M > Go To.Find the FeatureM > BrowserPress To1K scroll to a bookmark or service, service, or application2SELECT (J) select the serviceUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 123 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-320.png)
![Micro-Browser124If you are unable to establish a network connection with the micro-browser, contact your service provider.Interacting With Web PagesYou can perform the following operations on a Web page:Do This ToPress Kscroll through a text messagePress K and then SELECT (J)scroll through and select items in a listPress keypad keysand then OK (J)enter requested informationTip: Press * to delete one letter at a time if you make a mistake.Press K to scroll to a phone number on a Web page, then press Ncall the number from the micro-browserPress * and #go back to the previous Web pagePress Mopen the Browser MenuUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 124 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-321.png)
![125CalculatorYou can use your phone as a convenient calculator and currency converter.Calculating NumbersFind the FeatureM > CalculatorPress To1number keys enter a number in the calculator2* (left) or# (right)highlight a calculator function3SELECT (J) perform the highlighted functionSelected functionappears herePerform thehighlightedfunctionPress M to openthe Calculator MenuExit thecalculatorEnterednumberPress *(left) or# (right) to highlight afunction and to view unseen functions by scrolling left/rightEXIT SELECTM .C=+-x÷+0}CalculatorPress *(left) or# (right) to scroll to other functionsUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 125 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-322.png)
![Calculator126The calculator can perform the following functions:Function Description. Insert a decimal pointC Clear the calculationCE Clear entry (replaces the C function when you enter subsequent values in a calculation)+ Add- Subtractx Multiply÷ Divide% Divide the displayed value by 100$ Calculate the exchange rate +- Change the entry’s sign (positive/negative)MR Recall the value stored in memoryMS Store the displayed number in memoryMC Clear memoryUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 126 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-323.png)
![127Calculator Converting CurrencyThe currency converter works just like the calculator, but uses the $ (currency) function:Find the FeatureM > CalculatorM > Exchange RatePress To1number keys enter the exchange rate2OK (J) store the exchange rate3number keys enter the amount to convert (amount to multiply by the exchange rate)4* (left) or# (right) highlight the $ function5SELECT (J) perform the conversionUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 127 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-324.png)
![128GamesYour phone contains three games that you can play between phone calls. If you get an incoming call, message, alarm, or alert, the game ends automatically.Selecting and Starting a New GameWhen the game is over, you can play another session of the same game or return to the games menu.Find the FeatureM > GamesPress To1K scroll to the game of your choice2SELECT (J) start the gamePress ToBACK (L—left)orNO (L—left)return to the games menuNEW (J—right)orYES (J—right)start another session of the game you just playedUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 128 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-325.png)
![129Games A7AEnding a GameYou can end a game at any time.Playing a GameBlackjackIn this classic Las Vegas card game, you play against the dealer to see who can get closer to 21 points without going over.Rules of the game• With each new hand, the first card is dealt to the dealer. The dealer’s cards are shown at the top of the display, and your cards are shown at the bottom.• All face cards count as 10 points.• All number cards count as the points shown on their face.• An Ace counts as 11 points, unless that would put you over 21 points. Otherwise, an Ace is counted as 1 point. An Ace that was originally counted as 11 may later be counted as 1 point if it will bring your points under or equal to 21 points.• An initial deal of an Ace and a card with a face value of 10 points counts as exactly 21 points or Blackjack.Press ToBACK (L)orO end the game session and return to the games menuUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 129 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-326.png)
![Games130• Blackjack automatically wins against any other hand that totals 21 points.• If you score more than 21 points, you go “bust” or lose.• If you get five cards without going bust, you win.• If you and the dealer have the same score, the dealer wins. • You can ask for a “hit” or another card as long as you do not go bust.• As long as the dealer’s total is less than 17 points, the dealer must continue to take a hit.How to PlayWhen the game begins, you are dealt two cards. Based on their total face value, you can:MindblasterYour goal is to guess a secret four-symbol code. You play by entering symbols into four spaces and then submitting a guess.Rules of the Game• Your score is the number of guesses it takes to reveal the secret code.Press ToSTAY (L) see the results of the handHIT ME (J) request another cardUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 130 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-327.png)
![131Games A7A• When you submit a guess, you are given clues that indicate how many symbols you have identified correctly and how many are in the correct position. The position of the clues does not correspond to the location of the symbols.• You can see a history of your last 10 guesses.• Once you enter a symbol into a blank space, you can change the symbol but you cannot make the space blank again.• When you correctly guess the four-symbol code, the display shows your score and the level of your next game.• After you win one game, you progress from level 1 to level 2.• After you win two more games, you progress from level 2 to level 3.• When you exit the game or turn off the phone, you begin again at level 1. = correct symbol in correct position = correct symbol in wrong position = wrong symbol in wrong positionUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 131 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-328.png)
![Games132How to PlayWhen the game begins, you see four blank spaces. To play the game:PaddleballIn this test of endurance, your mission is move your paddle to strike a bouncing ball. The more you succeed, the smaller your paddle gets.Rules of the game• Your score is the number of times your paddle hits the ball.• You lose when the paddle misses the ball.How to playDo This ToPress * (left) or# (right)move from space to spacePress K place a symbol in a spacePress GUESS (K)submit a guess (when all four spaces contain symbols)Select > and then press K scroll through and view a history of your last 10 guessesPress ToK move your paddle so that it hits the bouncing ballUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 132 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-329.png)
![133Adjusting Your SettingsYou can adjust a wide variety of phone settings to suit your needs.Ring/VibrateYour phone rings or vibrates to notify you of an incoming call, message, or other event. This ring or vibration is called an alert. You can select one of five different alert profiles:The alert setting indicator in your display shows the current alert profile (see illustration on page 28).Each alert profile contains settings for ringer and keypad volume. It also includes alert tone settings for different events: incoming calls, text messages, voicemail messages, data calls, fax calls, alarms, and reminders. You can modify the settings in each profile.Select an Alert Profilew Loud ring x Soft ringy Vibrate u Ring and vibratet SilentFind the FeatureM > Settings > Ring/Vibrate> AlertPress To1K scroll to the alert profile you want to useUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 133 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-330.png)
![Adjusting Your Settings134Customize an Alert ProfileYou can customize a profile by changing the alerts used for specific events (such as incoming calls, text messages, etc.). Your phone includes a variety of preset alert tones and vibrations. Any changes you make are saved to the current alert profile.Tip: This feature also lets you set the profile’s ringer volume and keypad volume.2SELECT (J) select the alert profileThe phone displays the Changed: Alert message.Find the FeatureM > Settings > Ring/Vibrate> Alert DetailPress To1K scroll to the event for which you want to set a new alert2CHANGE (J) select the eventThe phone displays the list of available alerts.3K scroll to the alert you want for the event4SELECT (J) select the alertThe phone displays the Changed: Event Alert message.Press ToUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 134 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-331.png)
![135Adjusting Your Settings Use the My Tones FeatureThe my tones feature lets you create up to 32 custom alert tones for your phone. The tones you create appear in the list of available alerts (see “Customize an Alert Profile” on page 134).Creating a ToneFind the FeatureM > Settings > Ring/Vibrate> My TonesPress To1K scroll to [New Tone]2SELECT (J) select [New Tone]3CHANGE (J) select Notes4keypad keys enter notes for the tone (see “Entering Notes” on page 136)5OK (J) store the notes6CHANGE (J) select Name7keypad keys enter the name for the tone8OK (J) store the name9DONE (L) store the toneUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 135 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-332.png)
![Adjusting Your Settings136Entering NotesTo create a new tone, use the keypad keys to enter each note. Press a key multiple times to cycle through its available notes or options (pitch, octave, or length). The default setting for a new tone is a quarter note in octave two.Key Display Description1 1 set octave one2 set octave two3 set octave three2 A note AB note BC note C2set octave two3 D note DE note EF note F3set octave three4 G note GR rest7 # sharpb flat0 q quarter note or quarter resth half note or half restw whole note or whole rest*move cursor left#move cursor rightUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 136 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-333.png)
![137Adjusting Your Settings Enter a note as follows:Task ActionChange the octaveSet the new octave (1, 2, or 3) before selecting the note. The new octave applies to the note and all following notes until you change it again.Select the note (required)Press a keypad key to enter a note.Change a note to a sharp or flatEnter a sharp or flat (# or b) after selecting the note.Some sharps and flats are played as standard notes. For example, B# is the same as C. Press K to scroll to valid notes when entering a new note.Change a note’s lengthSet the new length (h, w, or q) after selecting the note. The new length applies to the note and all following notes until you change it again.Add a rest Enter one or more rests (R characters) as needed in the tone sequence. You can set the length of the rest by entering an h, w, or q character after the rest, just as you can for a note.Listen to a new tone as you compose itPress M to enter the Compose Menu, and select Play All to play the notes you have entered.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 137 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-334.png)
![Adjusting Your Settings138ExamplePress these keys to play this sequence of notes and rests in octave three: C (quarter note), E flat (quarter note), half rest, and G (whole note): Playing a TonePress To Display11 1 1set octave three 3 22 2 2enter a quarter note CC 33 3 7 7enter a quarter note E flatEb 44 4 0 0enter a half rest Rh 54 0 0 0enter a whole note GGw Find the FeatureM > Settings > Ring/Vibrate> My TonesPress To1K scroll to the tone you want to play2M open the My Tones Menu3K scroll to Play4SELECT (J) select PlayThe phone displays the playback meter and plays the tone.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 138 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-335.png)
![139Adjusting Your Settings Editing a ToneYou cannot edit the standard alert tones included with your phone. To edit a custom tone that you created:Deleting a ToneYou cannot delete the standard alert tones included with your phone. To delete a custom tone that you created:5PLAY (J)orCANCEL (L)play the tone againreturn to the my tones listFind the FeatureM > Settings > Ring/Vibrate> My TonesPress To1K scroll to the tone you want to edit2EDIT (J) open the tone details3K scroll to the details you want to edit (Name or Notes)4CHANGE (J) select the details you want to edit5keypad keys enter new text or notes (see “Entering Notes” on page 136)6OK (J) store the detailsFind the FeatureM > Settings > Ring/Vibrate> My TonesPress ToUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 139 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-336.png)
![Adjusting Your Settings140RemindersReminders are alerts that ring or vibrate to notify you about a voicemail or text message you have received, or a datebook event you have scheduled.To set or turn off reminders:Press To1K scroll to the tone you want to delete2M open the My Tones Menu3K scroll to Delete4SELECT (J) select Delete5YES (L) confirm the deletionFind the FeatureM > Settings > Ring/Vibrate> Alert Detail > RemindersPress To1K scroll to the reminder alert you want: Beep, Vibrate, or OffBeep or Vibrate sets the corresponding reminder alert type. Off turns off all reminders.2SELECT (J) select the reminder alertUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 140 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-337.png)
![141Adjusting Your Settings Call ForwardingCall forwarding sends your phone’s incoming voice, fax, and/or data calls directly to another phone number. Use call forwarding options to specify which calls your phone should forward. When you are ready to accept calls on your phone again, you can turn off call forwarding.Set Up or Cancel Call ForwardingThe call forwarding options for voice, fax, or data calls are:All Calls forwards all callsIf Unavailable forwards calls if your phone is unavailableDetailed uses different forwarding numbers if you are out of range, unable to answer, or busy (voice calls only)Off does not forward callsFind the FeatureM > Settings > Call ForwardPress To1K scroll to the type of calls you want to forward(Cancel All cancels all call forwarding and ends the procedure.)2SELECT (J) open the call forward details for that call typeUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 141 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-338.png)
![Adjusting Your Settings142Note: You can repeat this procedure to enter forwarding information for other call types.Check Call Forwarding StatusYour network may store call forwarding status for you. If you change your phone’s call forward settings (see “Set Up or Cancel Call Forwarding” on page 141), then you should confirm that the network call forward status matches your preferences.3K scroll to Forward4CHANGE (J) change the Forward option5K scroll to the call forward option you want6SELECT (J) store the option7K scroll to To (same for If Busy,If No Answer, or If Unreachable)8CHANGE (J) change the phone number9keypad keysorBROWSE (J)enter the forwarding phone numberbrowse through your phonebook or other lists for the forwarding phone number10OK (J) store the forwarding phone numberFind the FeatureM > Settings > Call Forward> Forward StatusPress ToUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 142 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-339.png)
![143Adjusting Your Settings Reordering Menu ItemsYou can customize the order of the items in your phone’s main menu, depending upon your usage.Press To1K scroll to Voice, Fax, or Data calls2View (L) confirm that the network settings are correctFind the FeatureM > Settings > Other Settings> Personalize > Main MenuPress To1K scroll to the menu item you want to move2GRAB (L) grab the menu item you want to move3K move the item up or down the menu4INSERT (L) insert the item in the new locationUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 143 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-340.png)
![Adjusting Your Settings144Customizing a Soft Key FunctionYou can relabel the soft keys (left L and right J) to access different main menu items from the idle display.Hands-Free UseYou can user your phone without using your hands by using the phone headset. Be sure that your phone is rotated open.You can also purchase an optional Motorola Original™ Easy-Install Hands-Free Kit for your car. This accessory provides an alternative way for you to use your phone without using your handset.Note: The use of wireless devices and their accessories may be prohibited or restricted in certain areas. Always obey the laws and regulations on the use of these products.Find the FeatureM > Settings > Other Settings> Personalize > KeysPress To1K scroll to Left or Right2CHANGE (L) open the key editor3K scroll to the new key function4SELECT (L) confirm the new functionThe key will have the new function whenever the phone is idle.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 144 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-341.png)
![145Adjusting Your Settings Automatic AnswerWhen you activate automatic answer and connect your phone to the Easy-Install Hands-Free Kit or phone headset, your phone automatically answers calls after two rings.Automatic Hands-FreeYou can set up your phone to automatically route calls to the Easy-Install Hands-Free Kit when it detects a connection.Find the FeatureM > Settings > Other SettingsPress To1K scroll to Car Settings or Headset2SELECT (J) select the feature3K scroll to Auto Answer4SELECT (J) select Auto Answer5K scroll to On or Off6SELECT (J) confirm the settingFind the FeatureM > Settings > Other Settings> Car Settings> Auto HandsfreePress To1K scroll to On or Off2SELECT (J) confirm the settingUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 145 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-342.png)
![Adjusting Your Settings146Power-Off DelayWhen your phone is connected to the Easy-Install Hands-Free Kit, you can set it to stay on for a specified time period after you switch off the ignition. This keeps your phone from draining your vehicle battery by staying on indefinitely, but leaves your phone on long enough that you do not have to re-enter your unlock code when you make short stops.Caution: If you select Continuous, the phone does not power off when you turn off the ignition. Be careful not to accidentally drain your vehicle battery if you select this option.Find the FeatureM > Settings > Other Settings> Car Settings> Power-Off DelayPress To1K scroll to the time delay option you want2SELECT (J) confirm your selectionUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 146 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-343.png)
![147Adjusting Your Settings Charger TimeWhen your phone is connected to the Easy-Install Hands-Free Kit, you can set it to charge itself for a specified time period after you switch off the ignition. This helps ensure that the phone battery gets fully charged while the vehicle is parked.Find the FeatureM > Settings > Other Settings> Car Settings> Charger TimePress To1K scroll to the charge time option you want2SELECT (J) confirm your selectionUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 147 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-344.png)
![148Data and Fax CallsA Motorola Original™ data kit lets you transfer data between your phone and a computer or other external device. You can:• synchronize data between your phone and an external device with Starfish TrueSync® software, a Motorola accessory product. See the TrueSync user guide for more information.Note: TrueSync software is designed to synchronize with basic features of many popular Personal Information Management (PIM) software and hardware products.• use your phone as a modem to connect to the InternetNote: 56K modems are capable of receiving 56Kbps from a compatible service provider. Receiving is currently limited in the U.S. and Canada to 53 Kbps, and transmitting to 33.6 Kbps. Actual speeds will vary depending on line conditions.• use your phone to send and receive data and fax calls on your computer or hand-held device.For more information about Motorola Original data kits, see the Motorola Web site at:http://www.motorola.com/dataaccessories (United States)http://www.motorola.ca/dataaccessories (Canada)User.Guide.GSM.book Page 148 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-345.png)
![149Data and Fax Calls Connecting Your Phone to an External DeviceConnect your phone to an external device (such as a computer or hand-held device) using a serial cable or a USB cable.Note: Not all devices are compatible with serial cable or USB cable connections. Check your external device for specifications.Set Up a Cable ConnectionAttach a serial cable or Motorola Original USB cable to the phone and external device as follows.Note: Check your computer or hand-held device to determine the type of cable you need.Attaching a Serial CableUse the interchangeable head on the Motorola Multi-Connect Serial Cable to connect a computer, Palm III device, or Palm V device to your phone.Do This1Plug the serial cable into the detachable head. Make sure that the Motorola logo on the detachable head and the metal shielding on the serial cable plug are both facing you.2With the Motorola logo and the phone both facing you, plug the detachable head into your phone’s accessory connector port.3Plug the other end of the cable into the serial interface connection on the external device and tighten the screws.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 149 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-346.png)
![Data and Fax Calls150Attaching a USB CableInstall the SoftwareInstall the software from the CD-ROM that comes with your Motorola Original data kit. See the data kit’s user guide for more information.Sending a Data or Fax CallYou can connect your phone to a computer or hand-held device to send data or a fax from the connected device.Use this feature to transfer data from your computer onto another device, and to synchronize phonebook and datebook information between your phone, computer, and/or hand-held device.Connect your phone (see “Connecting Your Phone to an External Device” on page 149) and do the following:Do This1Plug the end of the cable with the Motorola logo into your phone’s accessory connector port. Make sure that the logo and the phone are both facing you.2Plug the other end—the USB connection—into the USB port on the external device.Do This To1Check the phone make sure that the phone is connected and powered onUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 150 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-347.png)
![151Data and Fax Calls Receiving a Data or Fax CallYou can connect your phone to a computer or hand-held device to receive data or a fax.Use this feature to transfer data to your computer from another device.Transfer the Data or FaxConnect your phone (see “Connecting Your Phone to an External Device” on page 149).Your phone notifies you when the data or fax call arrives, and transfers the call to the connected device. You must use the application running on the connected device to answer the call.2Open the application on your computerplace the call through the application (such as dial-up-networking or fax)Note: You cannot dial data or fax numbers through your phone’s keypad. You must dial them through your computer.3End the transfer on your computerclose the call and connection when the transfer is completeDo This ToUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 151 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-348.png)
![Data and Fax Calls152End the Data/Fax ConnectionWhen the data or fax transfer is complete:Sending a Talk then Fax CallYou can place a call where you talk and then send a fax to the same phone number within the same call.Connect to the device that will send the fax (see “Connecting Your Phone to an External Device” on page 149) and do the following:Do This ToEnd the call from the connected deviceclose the connectionPress To1keypad keys enter the phone number for the call2M open the Dialing Menu3K scroll to Talk Then Fax4SELECT (J) select Talk Then Fax (for the next call only)5N dial the callSpeak and, when ready, initiate the fax transfer on the connected device.When transfer is complete, end the call from the connected device.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 152 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-349.png)
![153SecurityAssigning a New Code or PasswordYour phone’s four-digit unlock code is originally set to 1234, and the six-digit security code is originally set to 000000 at the factory. Your service provider may reset these numbers before you receive your phone.If your service provider has not reset these numbers, we recommend that you change them to prevent other users from accessing your personal information or modifying your phone settings. The unlock code must contain four digits, and the security code must contain six digits. Be sure to make a note of the new numbers.Notes: • Your service provider may retain your phone’s security code for customer service purposes. In this case, you will not be able to use phone features that require you to enter the security code (such as master clear, master reset, and the unlock code bypass feature).• If the only password you can change is the unlock code, the New Passwords menu is unavailable and the Unlock Code option appears on the Phone Lock menu. In this case, open the unlock code editor by selecting: M > Settings > Security > Phone Lock > Unlock Code.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 153 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-350.png)
![Security154To change a code or password:Find the FeatureM > Settings > Security> New PasswordsPress To1K scroll to the code or password you want to change2CHANGE (J) select the code or password3keypad keys enter your old codeIf you do not know your code, see “If You Forget a Code or Password” on page 155.4OK (J) submit your old code5keypad keys enter the new code6OK (J) assign the new code7keypad keys re-enter the new code8OK (J) confirm the new codeUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 154 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-351.png)
![155Security If You Forget a Code or PasswordIf you forget your security code (originally set to 000000), SIM PIN, SIM PIN2, or call barring password, contact your service provider.If you forget your unlock code, try entering 1234 or the last four digits of your phone number. If that does not work, do the following when you see the Enter Unlock Code message:Locking and Unlocking Your PhoneYou can lock your phone manually or set your phone to lock automatically whenever you turn it off.When you try to use a locked phone, it asks you to enter the unlock code. A locked phone still rings or vibrates for incoming calls or messages, but you must unlock it to answer.You can make emergency calls on your phone even when it is locked. See “Dialing an Emergency Number” on page 38.Press To1M go to the unlock code bypass screen2keypad keys enter your security code3OK (J) submit your security codeUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 155 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-352.png)
![Security156Lock Your Phone ManuallySet Your Phone to Lock AutomaticallyYou can set your phone to lock every time you turn it off:Unlock Your PhoneAt the Enter Unlock Code prompt:Find the FeatureM > Settings > Security> Phone Lock > Lock NowPress To1keypad keys enter your four-digit unlock code2OK (J) lock the phoneFind the FeatureM > Settings > Security> Phone Lock > Automatic Lock> OnPress To1keypad keys enter your four-digit unlock code2OK (J) set the phone to lock automaticallyPress To1keypad keys enter your four-digit unlock codeThe unlock code is originally set to 1234. If necessary, see “If You Forget a Code or Password” on page 155.2OK (J) unlock your phoneUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 156 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-353.png)
![157Security Barring CallsCall barring lets you restrict outgoing or incoming calls. You can restrict all calls, calls to international numbers, or calls while roaming.Find the FeatureM > Settings > Security> Call BarringPress To1K scroll to Outgoing or Incoming calls2CHANGE (J) select barring for Outgoing or Incoming calls3K scroll to a restriction for the barred calls4SELECT (J) select the restriction for the barred calls5keypad keys enter your call barring password6OK (J) submit your passwordUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 157 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-354.png)
![Security158Protecting the SIM CardYour PIN (Personal Identification Number) code protects the information stored on your SIM card. When the SIM PIN feature is activated, you must enter your SIM card PIN code each time you turn on the phone or insert a SIM card. Your SIM card PIN code is given to you by your service provider.Unblock the SIM Card PIN CodeIf you enter an incorrect SIM card PIN code three times in a row, your SIM card is disabled and your phone displays the message SIM Blocked. You need to enter a PIN unblocking key (PUK) code, which you can obtain from your service provider.Find the FeatureM > Settings > Security> SIM PINPress To1K scroll to On or Off2SELECT (J) switch protection on or off3keypad keys enter your SIM card PIN code4OK (J) submit your codeUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 158 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-355.png)
![159Security Note: In the following key sequence, each key press must occur within two seconds of the previous keypress.Caution: If the unblocking attempt is tried unsuccessfully 10 times, the SIM card is permanently disabled and your phone displays the message SIM Disabled.Press To1# # 0 5 *open the PIN unblocking editorYour phone prompts you to enter the PIN1 Unblock Sequence:.2keypad keys enter the PUK code3OK (J) submit the PUK codeYour phone prompts you to Enter New SIM PIN:.4keypad keys enter a new SIM card PIN codeNote: The SIM PIN code must be between four and eight digits in length.5OK (J) assign the new SIM PIN codeYour phone prompts you to Re-enter New SIM PIN:.6keypad keys re-enter your SIM card PIN code7OK (J) confirm the new SIM PIN code and unblock the SIM cardUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 159 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-356.png)
![160TroubleshootingCheck these questions first if you have problems with your phone:Question AnswerIs your battery charged? Do you see B in the display? The battery level indicator should have at least one segment showing (C). If it does not, recharge your battery. (See “Charging the Battery” on page 22 and “Battery Use” on page 33.)Is the phone set to the proper frequency for your geographical region? Phones in different regions of the world use different frequencies to establish a network connection. If necessary, use the Network feature (see page 77) to reset your phone’s frequency to 900/1800 MHz when you travel to a new location.Do you have a valid SIM card inserted in your phone? If necessary, turn off your phone and make sure that you have inserted a valid SIM card. (See “Installing the SIM Card and Battery” on page 19).Does the handset have a signal? Do you see j in the display? The signal strength indicator should have at least one segment showing (1). If it does not, move to an area with a stronger signal to use your phone.Is the earpiece volume too low? While on a call, press the volume key on the side of your phone.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 160 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-357.png)
![161Troubleshooting The following refer to specific problems:Is the other party unable to hear you? Your phone may be muted. Press UNMUTE (J) if necessary to unmute the phone.Also, make sure that your phone’s microphone is not blocked by its carrying case or a sticker.Has the phone been damaged, dropped, or gotten wet? Dropping your phone, getting it wet, or using a non-Motorola battery or battery charger can damage the phone. The phone’s limited warranty does not cover liquid damage or damage caused from using non-Motorola accessories.Was a non-Motorola battery or battery charger used? Problem SolutionMy phone was stolen. To whom should I report this? Report a stolen phone to the police and to your service provider (the company that sends you your monthly wireless service bill).I forgot my password.See “If You Forget a Code or Password” on page 155.Question AnswerUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 161 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-358.png)
![Troubleshooting162I pressed the End/Power key, but nothing happened. Be sure to press and hold O (the End/Power key) until the display appears and you hear an audible alert (this could take a couple of seconds). If nothing happens, check that a charged battery is installed. (See “Charging the Battery” on page 22.)The display says: Insert SIM Card or Check SIM Card even though I have inserted my SIM card in the phone.The SIM card may be incorrectly inserted. Check the SIM card to make sure that it is inserted properly. See “Installing the SIM Card and Battery” on page 19.Note: Be sure to turn your phone off and then back on after you re-insert the SIM card.The display says: SIM Blocked. How do I unblock my SIM card? Call your service provider (the company that sends you your monthly wireless service bill) to obtain the PIN unblocking key (PUK) code. See “Unblock the SIM Card PIN Code” on page 158.The display says: Enter Unlock Code. How do I unlock my phone? Enter the factory-preset unlock code (1234), or the last four digits of your phone number. (See “Locking and Unlocking Your Phone” on page 155.) If this fails, call your service provider (the company that sends you your monthly wireless service bill). Problem SolutionUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 162 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-359.png)
![163Troubleshooting My phone asks for an unlock code when I try to open a feature. The application you want is locked. If you own the phone but do not know the unlock code, see “If You Forget a Code or Password” on page 155.My phone does not ring. If you see t or y in the display, then the ringer is turned off. See“Ring/Vibrate” on page 133.Also, the ringer may be set to Silent even though your phone is set to a ring alert profile. See “Customize an Alert Profile” on page 134.My phone rings even though I selected the Silent (or Vibrate) alert profile. The ringer may be set to play a tone even though your phone is set to a silent alert profile. See “Customize an Alert Profile” on page 134.I tried to place a call and heard an alternating high/low tone. Your call did not reach the wireless system. You may have dialed the number too soon after turning the phone on. Wait until the display shows the name of your service provider before making a call.Problem SolutionUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 163 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-360.png)
![Troubleshooting164I cannot send/receive calls. Make sure that you have a phone signal (see the “Signal Strength Indicator” item on page 28). Avoid electrical or radio interference, and obstructions such as bridges, parking garages, or tall buildings.Your phone also may have theCall Barring feature turned on. If you know the unlock code, you can change this setting in the security menu(M > Settings > Security).Also, check to be sure your SIM card is installed and workingMy phone has poor reception and drops calls. Make sure that your antenna is not bent or damaged.Also, make sure you have a phone signal (see the “Signal Strength Indicator” item on page 28). Stay clear of any obstructions such as bridges, parking garages, or tall buildings.I cannot hear others on my phone. While on a call, press the volume key on the left side of your phone. Your phone display should show the volume increasing.Also, make sure that your phone’s earpiece is not blocked by its carrying case.Problem SolutionUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 164 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-361.png)
![165Troubleshooting I cannot open my inbox. Before you can use text or information services messages, you must set up the appropriate inbox. See “Setting Up the Text Message Inbox” on page 113.How do I see the calls I sent or received? To see the most recent calls you dialed or received, open the “Recent Calls” lists:M > Recent Calls> Received CallsorDialed CallsMy phone will not send voicemail commands, passwords, or other codes. Your phone sends commands and passwords as DTMF tones. You can set your phone’s DTMF tones to be Long, Short, or Off. If you have trouble sending numbers, check your DTMF setting.1From the idle display, press:M > Settings> Other Settings> Initial Setup> DTMF2Press K to scroll to Long or Short.3Press SELECT (J) to select it.Problem SolutionUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 165 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-362.png)
![Troubleshooting166My phone’s display is too light. You can use the Contrast Setting feature (see page 76) to change the level of contrast in your phone display.You can also use the Backlight feature (see page 75) to change the length of time that your phone’s display backlight stays on, or to change the display’s backlight color.My battery didn’t last as long as I expected. What can I do to extend battery life? Your battery’s performance is affected by charge time, feature use, temperature changes, and other factors. For tips on extending your battery life, see “Battery Use” on page 33.I plugged the data cable into my phone but my phone did not beep. How do I know if the data cable is ready to go? The beep indicates that you are set up correctly. If you did not hear a beep, make sure that both ends of the data cable are connected—the smaller end to your phone and the larger end to your computer. Finally, your computer may have deactivated the port to save power. Try opening an application that uses the port, like a fax or dial-up application, and your computer will automatically activate the port.Problem SolutionUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 166 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-363.png)
![167Troubleshooting My phone beeped when I attached the data cable, but my fax and data applications don’t work. Some wireless networks may not support data or fax transmission. If you are roaming on an unfamiliar network, this may be the case.Also, remember that data and fax transmission usually requires a subscription. Call your service provider for more information.When sending data with the data cable, why does the computer show a connection rate of 19200 Kbps? 19200 Kbps is the data transfer rate of the connection between your computer and the phone in a standard CSD (Circuit Switch Data) connection. The rate of the connection between your phone and the network is displayed on your phone, and will be either 14400 or 9600 Kbps.Note: A GPRS connection may have a higher data transfer rate.I can’t end my data call by closing the application on my computer. What can I do? Try pressing O on your phone. Also try disconnecting the cable or turning off the phone. If possible, always close the connection through your computer. These alternative methods may disrupt the application on your computer.Problem SolutionUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 167 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-364.png)
![Troubleshooting168I launched the micro-browser but the display says: Service Not Available. You may be in an area without service, or you may be connected to a network that does not support Internet access.I launched the micro-browser but the display says: Data Server Unavailable. Try again in a few minutes. The servers may be temporarily busy.Problem SolutionUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 168 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-365.png)
![169Product RegistrationOnline Product Registration:http://www.motorola.com/warrantyProduct registration is an important step toward enjoying your new Motorola phone. Registering helps us facilitate warranty service, and permits us to contact you should your phone require an update or other service. Registration is not required for warranty coverage.Please retain your original dated sales receipt for your records. For warranty service of your Motorola Personal Communications Product you will need to provide a copy of your dated sales receipt to confirm warranty status.Thank you for choosing a Motorola product.Export Law AssurancesThis product is controlled under the export regulations of the United States of America and Canada. The Governments of the United States of America and Canada may restrict the exportation or re-exportation of this product to certain destinations. For further information contact the U.S. Department of Commerce or the Canadian Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 169 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-366.png)
![170Specific Absorption Rate DataThis model phone meets the government’s requirements for exposure to radio waves. Your mobile phone is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed and manufactured not to exceed limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The guidelines include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health.The exposure standard for mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. Under the guidelines for your phone model, the SAR limit is 2.0 W/kg*. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR of the phone while operating can be well below the * The SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 2.0 watts/kilogram (W/kg) averaged over ten grams of tissue. The limit incorporates a substantial margin for safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 170 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-367.png)
![171maximum value. This is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a base station, the lower the power output of the phone.Before a phone model is available for sale to the public, it is tested to confirm compliance with the guidelines. The tests are performed in positions and locations (e.g., at the ear and worn on the body) that conform to a uniform testing methodology determined by an expert standards body. The highest SAR value for this model phone when tested for use at the ear is 0.97 W/kg and when worn on the body, as described in this user guide, is 0.52 W/kg. (Body-worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available accessories and regulatory requirements). While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet the governmental requirements for safe exposure.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 171 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-368.png)
![172IndexAaccessoriesoptional 11, 108, 144, 148standard 19accessory connector port 1active line indicatordefined 29illustration 28Add Digits feature 81alertcreating 135–140defined 133indicators 30, 133reminders 140type, selecting 134alert profilecustomizing 134defined 133setting 133–134alert setting indicatordefined 30, 133illustration 28animation 76application, locking 73appointments. See datebookAttach Number feature 41, 81automatic redialturning on/off 75using 35–36Bbacklight 75barring calls 157batterycar kit charger time 147charging 22extending battery life 33–34, 75, 76, 166installing 19–??level indicator 23, 28, 29meter 69blackjack 129–130block cursor, defined 52browse text mode 53browser alerts 66browser setupmicro-browserbrowser setup 70browser. See micro-browserCcalculator 125–127calendar. See datebookcalladding digits after phone number 81alert profile, setting 133–134alert type, selecting 134User.Guide.GSM.book Page 172 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-369.png)
![173Index alert, creating 135–140answer options 72answering 26barring 157call waiting 44calling card 42canceling 39cost setup 71costs 85–86credit limit 71deleting 79–81dialed calls list 43, 79–81dialing 25dialing a recent call 79–81emergency number 38ending 25hold 48ignoring 39in-call timer 70–71placing 25prefix digits, inserting 41received calls list 43, 79–81receiving 26recent calls 79–81sending 25storing 79–81talk then fax 152terminating 39timing 83transferring 46–47unanswered call 37call barring 157call cost information 85–86Call Failed message 35call forwardingdefined 141status, checking 142–143using 141–142call timersdescribed 83resetting 84viewing 84call waitingactivating/deactivating 72using 44caller IDincoming calls 36outgoing calls 71, 81calling card call 42calling line identification. See caller IDcar kitautomatic answer 145automatic hands-free 145charger time 147power-off delay 146clockdefined 30illustration 28codes. See passwordsUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 173 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-370.png)
![Index174computerconnecting to phone 149–150synchronizing data 99, 148conference call 45contrast, display 76cost trackersdescribed 85–86resetting 86viewing 86credit available 69, 85credit information 69, 85currency converter 127cursor 52customer service, calling 65customizing the menu 143Ddata callconnecting to external device 149–150receiving 151–152sending 150–151date, setting 74datebookadding an event 104alarm 104calendar 102changing event information 105copying an event 106day view 103deleting an event 107event view 103reminders 104, 140week view 102Datebook Menu 102, 103default passwords 153deleting a call 79–81dialed calls list 43, 79–81dialing a number 25Dialing Menu 152displayanimation 76backlight 75contrast 76described 27–30greeting 74idle display 27illustration 28language 76zoom setting 30drafts folder 66DTMF tones 76, 80, 81, 165Eearpieceillustration 1volume, adjusting 31emergency number 38User.Guide.GSM.book Page 174 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-371.png)
![175Index end keyfunctions 1, 23, 25, 49ending a call 25Enter Unlock Code message 155, 156Entry Method menu 58event alert 134exchange rate, calculating 127external deviceconnecting to phone 149–150synchronizing data 99, 148Ffactory settings, resetting 76–77fax callconnecting to external device 149–150receiving 72, 151–152sending 72, 150–151talk then fax call 152fixed dialactivating/deactivating 73defined 64–65dialing numbers 64–65editing an entry 64–65, 94storing an entry 88–90flashing cursor, defined 52flipopen to answer call 72turning the phone on 23FM Stereo Radio Headset 108–110forwarding calls 1414-way navigation keys 1, 49frequency, changing 77, 160Ggames 128–132GPRS indicatordefined 29displayed 123illustration 28GPRS, defined 123greeting, display 74Hhands-free modeautomatic answer 145automatic call routing 145charger time 147defined 144power-off delay 146headsetautomatic answer 145FM Stereo Radio Headset 108–110headset jack 1User.Guide.GSM.book Page 175 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-372.png)
![Index176Hide ID feature 81hold a call 48Iidle display, defined 27ignoring a call 39in use indicatordefined 28illustration 28inbox, text message 113–114in-call timer 70–71incoming callcanceling 39ignoring 39terminating 39Incoming Call message 36indicatorsactive line 28, 29alert setting 28, 30, 133battery level 23, 28, 29GPRS 28, 29, 123in use 28menu 27, 28, 30message waiting 28, 29missed call 37ring alert 30, 133roam 28signal strength 28silent alert 30, 133vibrate alert 30, 133voice message waiting 28, 29voice name 87iTAP softwareactivating 58capitalization 61deleting text 62entering numbers 62entering words 59–61punctuation 61Kkeyend 1, 23, 25, 494-way navigation 1, 49left soft key 1, 49, 144menu 1, 26, 49right soft key 1, 49, 144send 1, 25, 26, 49, 79voice 91–92volume control 1, 31, 49keypadanswering calls 72volume, setting 134Llanguage, setting 76Last Calls Menuopening 80options 80–81User.Guide.GSM.book Page 176 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-373.png)
![177Index left soft keycustomizing 144functions 1, 49lockapplications 73phone 155–156SIM card 158lock application feature 73loud ring alert 30, 133Mmaking a call 25master clear 77master reset 76menuBrowser Menu 124customizing 143Datebook Menu 102, 103Dialing Menu 152entering text 51–52, 53–62Entry Method menu 58features 63–78language, setting 76Last Calls Menu 80–81lists 50locking applications 73My Tones Menu 138, 140navigating 10, 49–50Phonebook Menu 87rearranging features 143scroll feature 76Text Msg Menu 116–117using features 10, ??–52menu indicatordefined 27, 30illustration 28menu key 1, 26, 49messagebrowser alert 66deleting 115–117dialing number from 40drafts folder 66inbox setup 113–114locking 115–117outbox 66, 119reading 115–117receiving 115reminders, text message 115, 140reminders, voicemail 111, 140sending 41, 117–119status 119voicemail 111–112message waiting indicatordefined 29illustration 28micro-browserbrowser alerts 66Browser Menu 124User.Guide.GSM.book Page 177 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-374.png)
![Index178calling a phone number 124defined 123functions 124go back to previous page 124starting 123–124microphone 1mindblaster 130–132missed call indicator 37missed call, dialing 43Missed Calls message 37my telephone number 26, 48my telephone numbers 69my tones 135–140My Tones Menu 138, 140N’n’ character 42network settings 77, 160notepaddefined 38entering digits 38retrieving digits 82number, viewing your own 26, 48, 69numeric text mode 53O1-touch dialdefined 40setting preference 75, 101using 40optional accessory, defined 11optional feature, defined 11outbox 66, 119Ppaddleball 132passwordschanging 153default 153if you forget a password 155pause character 42phoneaccessories, optional 11accessories, standard 19active line indicator 29active phone line, changing 69answer options 72connecting to external device 149–150credit available 69, 85credit information 69credit limit 71date, setting 74erase user-entered information 77User.Guide.GSM.book Page 178 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-375.png)
![179Index feature specifications 70flip 23frequency, changing 77, 160keypad, answering calls with 72language, setting 76locking 155–156network settings 77, 1601-touch dial 40passwords 153, 155reset all options 76security code 155specifications 70speed dial, using 39startup greeting 74time, setting 74unlock code 155unlocking 24, 155–156phone numberactive line indicator 29adding digits after 81attaching to prefix digits 41attaching two numbers 81redialing 35sending text message to 41storing in phonebook 88–90viewing your own 26, 48, 69phonebookattaching two numbers 81capacity, checking 99copying entries 95–98deleting an entry 95dialing a number 92editing an entry 94entry name 87fields 87number type indicator 871-touch dial 40phone number 87prefix digits, inserting 41sorting entries 100–101speed dial number 39, 87, 89–90speed dial, using 39storing an entry 88–90synchronizing entries 99, 148voice name entry 91–92voice name indicator 87Phonebook Menu 87PIN codeactivating/deactivating 158defined 158protecting the SIM card 158unblocking 158–159PIN2 code 65predictive text entryUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 179 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-376.png)
![Index180activating 58capitalization 61deleting text 62entering numbers 62entering words 59–61punctuation 61profilecustomizing 134defined 133setting 133–134PUK code 158Qquick dialsetting number 74using 65Rradio 108–110received calls list 43, 79–81receiving a call 26recent calls 79–81redialautomatic redial 35–36busy number 35remindersdatebook 104setting 140text message 115, 140voicemail message 111, 140right soft keycustomizing 144functions 1, 49ring alertcreating 135–140indicators 30, 133setting 133–134type, selecting 134ring and vibrate alertindicator 30, 133ringersetting 133–134volume, adjusting 31, 134roam indicatordefined 28illustration 28Sscroll feature 76security code 155send key 1, 25, 26, 49, 79sending a call 25service dialdefined 64short message service. See text messageshortcutscreating 121User.Guide.GSM.book Page 180 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-377.png)
![181Index standard 120using 122Show ID feature 81signal strength indicatordefined 28illustration 28silent alert indicator 30, 133SIM applications 67SIM Blocked message 24, 158SIM cardapplications 67defined 19installing 19–??precautions 19protecting 158service phone numbers 64SIM Blocked message 24, 158SIM Disabled message 159unblocking 158–159SIM Disabled message 159SIM PIN codeactivating/deactivating 158protecting the SIM card 158unblocking 158–159SIM PIN2 code 65SMS. See text messagesoft keyscustomizing 144illustration 1, 49soft ring alert 30, 133speed dialchanging number 89–90number, defined 39sorting phonebook entries by 100using 39standby timeincreasing 33storing a call 79–81symbol text mode 57–58symbols, entering 57–58synchronizing data 99, 148Ttalk and fax call 72talk then fax call 152tap method text entry 54–56telephone number, viewing your own 26, 48, 69textblock cursor 52browse mode 53character chart 56entering from keypad 53–62entry mode, changing 53flashing cursor 52User.Guide.GSM.book Page 181 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-378.png)
![Index182iTAP software predictive text entry 58–62numeric mode 53symbol chart 58symbol mode 57–58tap method 54–56text messagedeleting 115–117dialing number from 40inbox setup 113–114locking 115–117reading 115–117receiving 115reminders 115, 140sending 41, 117–119status 119text mode, changing 53Text Msg Menuopening 116options 116–117time, setting 74timersdescribed 83resetting 84viewing 84transfer a call 46–47TrueSync 99, 148Uunblocking the SIM card 158–159unlockphone 155–156unlock code 155Vvibrate alertindicator 30, 133setting 133–134type, selecting 134voice dialdialing a number 93recording voice name 91–92voice keyrecording a voice name 91–92voice message waiting indicator 28, 29voice namedefined 91phonebook indicator 87recording 91–92voicemailnumber, storing 111receiving 111–112volumeUser.Guide.GSM.book Page 182 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-379.png)
![183Index earpiece 31keypad 134ringer 31, 134volume key 31volume keys 1, 49Wwait character 42Web pagesfunctions 124viewing 123–124Zzoom setting 30 U.S. patent Re. 34,976 User.Guide.GSM.book Page 183 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-380.png)
![Index184User.Guide.GSM.book Page 184 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-381.png)
![✂185Wireless Phone Safety Tips“Safety is your most important call!”Your Motorola wireless telephone gives youthe powerful ability to communicate by voice—almost anywhere, anytime, wherever wireless phone service is available and safe conditions allow. But an important responsibility accompanies the benefits of wireless phones, one that every user must uphold. When driving a car, driving is your firstresponsibility. If you find it necessary to use your wireless phone while behind the wheel of a car, practice good common sense and remember the following tips:1Get to know your Motorola wireless phone and its features such as speed dial and redial. If available, these features help you to place your call without taking your attention off the road.2When available, use a hands-free device. If possible, add an additional layer of convenience to your wireless phone with one of the many Motorola Original™ hands-free accessories available today.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 185 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-382.png)
![1863Position your wireless phone within easy reach. Be able to access your wireless phone without removing your eyes from the road. If you receive an incoming call at an inconvenient time, if possible, let your voice mail answer it for you.4Let the person you are speaking with know you are driving; if necessary, suspend the call in heavy traffic or hazardous weather conditions. Rain, sleet, snow, ice, and even heavy traffic can be hazardous.5If you receive an incoming call at an inconvenient time do not take notes or look up phone numbers while driving. Jotting down a “to do” list or going through your address book takes attention away from your primary responsibility—driving safely.6Dial sensibly and assess the traffic; if possible, place calls when you are not moving or before pulling into traffic. Try to plan calls when your car will be stationary. If you need to make a call while moving, dial only a few numbers, check the road and your mirrors, then continue.7Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may be distracting. Make people you are talking with aware you are driving and suspend conversations which have the potential to divert your attention away from the road.8Use your wireless phone to call for help. Dial 9-1-1 or other local emergency number in the case of fire, traffic accident or medical emergencies.*User.Guide.GSM.book Page 186 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-383.png)
![187 9Use your wireless phone to help others in emergencies. If you see an auto accident, crime in progress or other serious emergency where lives are in danger, call 9-1-1 or other local emergency number, as you would want others to do for you.*10Call roadside assistance or a special non-emergency wireless assistance number when necessary. If you see a broken-down vehicle posing no serious hazard, a broken traffic signal, a minor traffic accident where no one appears injured, or a vehicle you know to be stolen, call roadside assistance or other special non-emergency wireless number.** Wherever wireless phone service is available.User.Guide.GSM.book Page 187 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-384.png)
![188Check the laws and regulations on the use of wireless telephones and their accessories in the areas where you drive. Always obey them. The use of these devices may be prohibited or restricted in certain areas.For more information,please call1-888-901-SAFEor visit theCTIA Web site atwww.wow-com.com™ITC00-011User.Guide.GSM.book Page 188 Wednesday, January 9, 2002 2:30 PM](https://usermanual.wiki/Motorola-Mobility/T56CA1.Exhibit-8-Users-Manual/User-Guide-235445-Page-385.png)